1 | | /usr/local/bibliographies/pl.bib |
| 1 | % Conventions: uncross-referenced entries appear first, then |
| 2 | % cross-referenced entries. In both groups, entries are sorted by their |
| 3 | % title field. Lines like "% A" exist to speed searches. The main |
| 4 | % paper on a language uses the language name as the citation key. Other |
| 5 | % papers use ``<language name>:'' as a prefix. Please consider leaving |
| 6 | % keyword lists and an abstract or comment for future generations, and |
| 7 | % put some identification in a contributer field. |
| 8 | |
| 9 | % Predefined journal names: |
| 10 | % acmcs: Computing Surveys acta: Acta Infomatica |
| 11 | % cacm: Communications of the ACM |
| 12 | % ibmjrd: IBM J. Research & Development ibmsj: IBM Systems Journal |
| 13 | % ieeese: IEEE Trans. on Soft. Eng. ieeetc: IEEE Trans. on Computers |
| 14 | % ieeetcad: IEEE Trans. on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits |
| 15 | % ipl: Information Processing Letters jacm: Journal of the ACM |
| 16 | % jcss: J. Computer & System Sciences scp: Science of Comp. Programming |
| 17 | % sicomp: SIAM J. on Computing tocs: ACM Trans. on Comp. Systems |
| 18 | % tods: ACM Trans. on Database Sys. tog: ACM Trans. on Graphics |
| 19 | % toms: ACM Trans. on Math. Software toois: ACM Trans. on Office Info. Sys. |
| 20 | % toplas: ACM Trans. on Prog. Lang. & Sys. |
| 21 | % tcs: Theoretical Computer Science |
| 22 | @string{ieeepds="IEEE Transactions on Parallel and Distributed Systems"} |
| 23 | @string{ieeese="IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"} |
| 24 | @string{spe="Software---\-Practice and Experience"} |
| 25 | @string{sigplan="SIGPLAN Notices"} |
| 26 | @string{joop="Journal of Object-Oriented Programming"} |
| 27 | @string{popl="Conference Record of the ACM Symposium on Principles of Programming Languages"} |
| 28 | @string{osr="Operating Systems Review"} |
| 29 | @string{pldi="Programming Language Design and Implementation"} |
| 30 | |
| 31 | % A |
| 32 | |
| 33 | @incollection{ABC++, |
| 34 | keywords = {concurrency, parallel, distributed, C++}, |
| 35 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 36 | author = {William G. O'Farrell and Frank Ch. Eigler and S. David Pullara and Gregory V. Wilson }, |
| 37 | title = {{ABC}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}}, |
| 38 | editor = {Gregory V. Wilson and Paul Lu}, |
| 39 | booktitle = {Parallel Programming in {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}}, |
| 40 | publisher = {MIT Press}, |
| 41 | series = {Scientific and Engineering Computation Series}, |
| 42 | year = 1996, |
| 43 | pages = {1-42}, |
| 44 | } |
| 45 | |
| 46 | @techreport{CL90abstract, |
| 47 | keywords = {}, |
| 48 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 49 | author = {Luca Cardelli and Xavier Leroy}, |
| 50 | title = {Abstract Types and the Dot Notation}, |
| 51 | institution = {Systems Research Center}, |
| 52 | year = 1990, |
| 53 | address = {130 Lytton Avenue, Palo Alto, CA 94301}, |
| 54 | number = 56, |
| 55 | summary = { |
| 56 | The existential types of Mitchell and Plotkin \cite{atet} model |
| 57 | abstract types, but their ``open'' notation is unlike the usual dot |
| 58 | notation used in programming languages. This paper gives |
| 59 | translations between the ``open'' and ``dot'' forms, and suggests |
| 60 | extensions for nested and for parameterized abstractions. |
| 61 | } |
| 62 | } |
| 63 | |
| 64 | @article{atet, |
| 65 | keywords = {lambda calculus, polymorphism}, |
| 66 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 67 | author = {John C. Mitchell and Gordon D. Plotkin}, |
| 68 | title = {Abstract Types have Existential Type}, |
| 69 | journal = toplas, |
| 70 | year = 1988, |
| 71 | month = jul, volume = 10, number = 3, pages = {470-502}, |
| 72 | abstract = { |
| 73 | Abstract data type declarations appear in typed programming |
| 74 | languages like Ada, Alphard, CLU and ML. This form of declaration |
| 75 | binds a list of identifiers to a type with associated operations, a |
| 76 | composite ``value'' we call a {\em data algebra}. We use a |
| 77 | second-order typed lambda calculus SOL to show how data algebras |
| 78 | may be given types, passed as parameters, and returned as results of |
| 79 | function calls. In the process, we discuss the semantics of |
| 80 | abstract data type declarations and review a connection between |
| 81 | typed programming languages and constructive logic. |
| 82 | } |
| 83 | } |
| 84 | |
| 85 | @article{alphard:intro, |
| 86 | keywords = {encapsulation, data abstraction}, |
| 87 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 88 | author = {Wm. A. Wulf and Ralph L. London and Mary Shaw}, |
| 89 | title = {Abstraction and Verification in Alphard: Introduction to Language and Methodology}, |
| 90 | journal = ieeese, |
| 91 | year = 1976, |
| 92 | month = dec, volume = {SE-2}, number = 4, pages = {253-265}, |
| 93 | note = {Reprinted in \cite{alphard}.}, |
| 94 | abstract = { |
| 95 | Alphard is a programming language whose goals include supporting |
| 96 | both the development of well-structured programs and the formal |
| 97 | verification of these programs. This paper attempts to capture the |
| 98 | symbiotic influence of these two goals on the design of the |
| 99 | language. To that end the language description is interleaved with |
| 100 | the presentation of a proof technique and discudssion of |
| 101 | programming methodology. Examples to illustrate both the language |
| 102 | and the verification technique are included. |
| 103 | } |
| 104 | } |
| 105 | |
| 106 | @book{Hilfinger83, |
| 107 | keywords = {ada}, |
| 108 | author = {Paul N. Hilfinger}, |
| 109 | title = {Abstraction Mechanisms and Language Design}, |
| 110 | publisher = {MIT Press}, |
| 111 | series = {ACM Distinguished Dissertations}, |
| 112 | year = 1983, |
| 113 | } |
| 114 | |
| 115 | @incollection{Lavender96, |
| 116 | author = {R. Greg Lavender and Douglas C. Schmidt}, |
| 117 | chapter = {Active Object: An Object Behavioral Pattern for Concurrent Programming}, |
| 118 | title = {Pattern Languages of Program Design 2}, |
| 119 | editor = {John M. Vlissides and James O. Coplien and Norman L. Kerth}, |
| 120 | year = 1996, |
| 121 | pages = {483-499}, |
| 122 | publisher = {Addison-Wesley Longman Publishing Co., Inc.}, |
| 123 | address = {Boston, MA, USA}, |
| 124 | } |
| 125 | |
| 126 | @article{Nierstrasz87, |
| 127 | keywords = {Hybrid, active objects, object-oriented languages, |
| 128 | object-based languages, delegation, concurrency}, |
| 129 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 130 | author = {O. M. Nierstrasz}, |
| 131 | title = {Active Objects in {Hybrid}}, |
| 132 | journal = sigplan, |
| 133 | volume = 22, |
| 134 | number = 12, |
| 135 | month = dec, |
| 136 | year = 1987, |
| 137 | pages = {243-253}, |
| 138 | note = {Proceedings of the OOPSLA'87 Conference, Oct. 4--8, 1987, Orlando, Florida}, |
| 139 | abstract = { |
| 140 | Most object-oriented languages are strong on reusability or on |
| 141 | strong-typing, but weak on concurrency. In response to this gap, |
| 142 | we are developing {\it Hybrid}, an object-oriented language in which |
| 143 | objects are the active entities. Objects in Hybrid are organized |
| 144 | into {\it domains}, and concurrent executions into {\it activities}. |
| 145 | All object communications are based on remote procedure calls. |
| 146 | Unstructured {\it sends\/} and {\it accepts\/} are forbidden. To |
| 147 | this the mechanisms of {\it delegation\/} and {\it delay queues\/} |
| 148 | are added to enable switching and triggering of activities. |
| 149 | Concurrent subactivities and atomic actions are provided for |
| 150 | compactness and simplicity. We show how solutions to many important |
| 151 | concurrent problems [sic], such as pipelining, constraint management |
| 152 | and ``administration'' can be compactly expressed using these |
| 153 | mechanisms. |
| 154 | }, |
| 155 | comment = {Mentions Thoth in reference to delegation} |
| 156 | } |
| 157 | |
| 158 | @book{Actors, |
| 159 | keywords = {actors, concurrency}, |
| 160 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 161 | author = {Gul A. Agha}, |
| 162 | title = {Actors: A Model of Concurrent Computation in Distributed Systems}, |
| 163 | publisher = {MIT Press, Cambridge, Mass.}, |
| 164 | year = 1986 |
| 165 | } |
| 166 | |
| 167 | @article{polymorphImpl, |
| 168 | keywords = {Napier88}, |
| 169 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 170 | author = {R. Morrison and A. Dearle and R. C. H. Connor and A. L. Brown}, |
| 171 | title = {An Ad Hoc Approach to the Implementation of Polymorphism}, |
| 172 | journal = toplas, |
| 173 | year = 1991, |
| 174 | month = jul, |
| 175 | volume = 13, |
| 176 | number = 3, |
| 177 | pages = {342-371}, |
| 178 | abstract = { |
| 179 | Polymorphic abstraction provides the ability to write programs that |
| 180 | are independent of the form of the data over which they operate. |
| 181 | There are a number of different categories of polymorphic |
| 182 | expression---ad hoc and universal, which includes parametric and |
| 183 | inclusion---all of which have many advantages in terms of code |
| 184 | reuse and software economics. It has proved difficult to provide |
| 185 | efficient implementations of polymorphism. Here, we address this |
| 186 | problem and describe a new technique that can implement all forms |
| 187 | of polymorphism, use a conventional machine architecture, and |
| 188 | support nonuniform data representations. Furthermore, the method |
| 189 | ensures that any extra cost of implementation applies to |
| 190 | polymorphic forms only, and allows such polymorphic forms to |
| 191 | persist over program invocations. |
| 192 | }, |
| 193 | summary = { |
| 194 | They give three ways to implement polymorphism: {\em textual |
| 195 | polymorphism}, which seems to be template instantiation, {\em |
| 196 | uniform polymorphism}, which they explain badly, and {\em tagged |
| 197 | polymorphism}, where object code performs type tests. |
| 198 | |
| 199 | They use first-class procedures to implement polymorphism: routines |
| 200 | with type parameters are implemented as curried routines that |
| 201 | return a nested routine that refers to the type parameter. |
| 202 | } |
| 203 | } |
| 204 | |
| 205 | @article{dim:ada, |
| 206 | keywords = {Dimensional Analysis, Ada}, |
| 207 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 208 | author = {Paul N. Hilfinger}, |
| 209 | title = {An {Ada} Package for Dimensional Analysis}, |
| 210 | journal = toplas, |
| 211 | month = apr, |
| 212 | year = 1988, |
| 213 | volume = 10, |
| 214 | number = 2, |
| 215 | pages = {189-203}, |
| 216 | } |
| 217 | |
| 218 | @mastersthesis{Younger91, |
| 219 | keywords = {concurrency, C++, postponing requests}, |
| 220 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 221 | author = {Brian M. Younger}, |
| 222 | title = {Adding Concurrency to {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}}, |
| 223 | school = {University of Waterloo}, |
| 224 | year = 1991, |
| 225 | address = {Waterloo, Ontario, Canada, N2L 3G1}, |
| 226 | } |
| 227 | |
| 228 | @inproceedings{Buhr92c, |
| 229 | keywords = {concurrency}, |
| 230 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 231 | author = {Peter A. Buhr and Glen Ditchfield}, |
| 232 | title = {Adding Concurrency to a Programming Language}, |
| 233 | booktitle = {USENIX {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Technical Conference Proceedings}, |
| 234 | organization= {USENIX Association}, |
| 235 | address = {Portland, Oregon, U.S.A.}, |
| 236 | month = aug, |
| 237 | year = 1992, |
| 238 | pages = {207-224}, |
| 239 | } |
| 240 | |
| 241 | @article{Buhr89b, |
| 242 | keywords = {concurrency, C++}, |
| 243 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 244 | author = {P. A. Buhr and Glen Ditchfield and C. R. Zarnke}, |
| 245 | title = {Adding Concurrency to a Statically Type-Safe Object-Oriented Programming Language}, |
| 246 | journal = sigplan, |
| 247 | volume = 24, |
| 248 | number = 4, |
| 249 | month = apr, |
| 250 | year = 1989, |
| 251 | pages = {18-21}, |
| 252 | note = {Proceedings of the ACM SIGPLAN Workshop on Object-Based Concurrent Programming, Sept. 26--27, 1988, San Diego, California, U.S.A.}, |
| 253 | } |
| 254 | |
| 255 | @article{Knuth66, |
| 256 | keywords = {N-thread software-solution mutual exclusion}, |
| 257 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 258 | author = {Donald E. Knuth}, |
| 259 | title = {Additional Comments on a Problem in Concurrent Programming Control}, |
| 260 | journal = cacm, |
| 261 | month = may, |
| 262 | year = 1966, |
| 263 | volume = 9, |
| 264 | number = 5, |
| 265 | pages = {321-322}, |
| 266 | note = {Letter to the Editor} |
| 267 | } |
| 268 | |
| 269 | @article{DeBruijn67, |
| 270 | keywords = {N-thread software-solution mutual exclusion}, |
| 271 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 272 | author = {Nicolaas Govert de Bruijn}, |
| 273 | title = {Additional Comments on a Problem in Concurrent Programming Control}, |
| 274 | journal = cacm, |
| 275 | month = mar, |
| 276 | year = 1967, |
| 277 | volume = 10, |
| 278 | number = 3, |
| 279 | pages = {137-138}, |
| 280 | note = {letter to the Editor} |
| 281 | } |
| 282 | |
| 283 | @phdthesis{Krischer10, |
| 284 | author = {Roy Krischer}, |
| 285 | title = {Advanced Concepts in Asynchronous Exception Handling}, |
| 286 | school = {University of Waterloo}, |
| 287 | year = 2010, |
| 288 | month = dec, |
| 289 | address = {Waterloo, Ontario, Canada, N2L 3G1}, |
| 290 | optnote = {\textsf{http://uwspace.uwaterloo.ca/\-bitstream/10012/\-5751\-/1/Krischer\_Roy.pdf}}, |
| 291 | note = {\href{http://uwspace.uwaterloo.ca/bitstream/10012/5751/1/Krischer_Roy.pdf}{http://uwspace.uwaterloo.ca/\-bitstream/10012/\-5751\-/1/Krischer\_Roy.pdf}}, |
| 292 | } |
| 293 | |
| 294 | @article{Buhr00a, |
| 295 | keywords = {exception handling}, |
| 296 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 297 | author = {Peter A. Buhr and W. Y. Russell Mok}, |
| 298 | title = {Advanced Exception Handling Mechanisms}, |
| 299 | journal = ieeese, |
| 300 | volume = 26, |
| 301 | number = 9, |
| 302 | month = sep, |
| 303 | year = 2000, |
| 304 | pages = {820-836}, |
| 305 | } |
| 306 | |
| 307 | @book{Richter97, |
| 308 | keywords = {Win32, threads}, |
| 309 | author = {Jeffrey M. Richter}, |
| 310 | title = {Advanced Windows}, |
| 311 | publisher = {Microsoft Press}, |
| 312 | year = 1997, |
| 313 | edition = {third}, |
| 314 | } |
| 315 | |
| 316 | @article{Francez77, |
| 317 | keywords = {parameter passing, named/positional arguments}, |
| 318 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 319 | author = {Nissim Francez}, |
| 320 | title = {Another Advantage of Key word Notation for Parameter Communication with Subprograms}, |
| 321 | journal = cacm, |
| 322 | volume = 20, |
| 323 | number = 8, |
| 324 | month = aug, |
| 325 | year = 1977, |
| 326 | pages = {604-605}, |
| 327 | } |
| 328 | |
| 329 | @article{Algol60, |
| 330 | keywords = {Algol60}, |
| 331 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 332 | author = {J. W. Backus and F. L. Bauer and J. Green and C. Katz and |
| 333 | J. McCarthy and P. Naur and A. J. Perlis and H. Rutishauser and K. Samuelson |
| 334 | and B. Vauquois and J.H. Wegstein and A. van Wijngaarden and M. Woodger}, |
| 335 | title = {Revised Report on the Algorithmic Language Algol 60}, |
| 336 | editor = {Peter Nauer}, |
| 337 | journal = cacm, |
| 338 | volume = 6, |
| 339 | number = 1, |
| 340 | month = jan, |
| 341 | year = 1963, |
| 342 | pages = {1-17}, |
| 343 | } |
| 344 | |
| 345 | @article{Mellor-Crummey91, |
| 346 | keywords = {spin locks, compare-and-swap, barriers}, |
| 347 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 348 | author = {John M. Mellor-Crummey and Michael L. Scott}, |
| 349 | title = {Algorithm for Scalable Synchronization on Shared-Memory Multiprocessors}, |
| 350 | journal = tocs, |
| 351 | volume = 9, |
| 352 | number = 1, |
| 353 | month = feb, |
| 354 | year = 1991, |
| 355 | pages = {21-65}, |
| 356 | } |
| 357 | |
| 358 | @article{Cor:overload, |
| 359 | keywords = {}, |
| 360 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 361 | author = {Gordon V. Cormack}, |
| 362 | title = {An Algorithm for the Selection of Overloaded Functions in {Ada}}, |
| 363 | journal = sigplan, |
| 364 | year = 1981, |
| 365 | month = feb, volume = 16, number = 2, pages = {48-52}, |
| 366 | comment = { |
| 367 | A one-pass, top-down algorithm for overload resolution. Input is a |
| 368 | parse tree and the desired result type, and output is the number of |
| 369 | solutions. For each overloading of the root identifier with a |
| 370 | matching parameter list, recursively solve for each parameter for |
| 371 | the corresponding argument type---there should be one solution. |
| 372 | } |
| 373 | } |
| 374 | |
| 375 | @book{Raynal86, |
| 376 | keywords = {mutual exclusion, locks}, |
| 377 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 378 | author = {M. Raynal}, |
| 379 | title = {Algorithms for Mutual Exclusion}, |
| 380 | publisher = {The MIT Press}, |
| 381 | address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts}, |
| 382 | series = {Scientific Computation Series}, |
| 383 | year = 1986, |
| 384 | note = {Translated by D. Beeson}, |
| 385 | } |
| 386 | |
| 387 | @incollection{Gidenstam05, |
| 388 | keywords = {lock free, dynamic memory allocation}, |
| 389 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 390 | author = {Anders Gidenstam and Marina Papatriantafilou and Philippas Tsigas}, |
| 391 | title = {Allocating Memory in a Lock-free Manner}, |
| 392 | editor = {Gerth St{\o}lting Brodal and Stefano Leonardi}, |
| 393 | booktitle = {Algorithms -- ESA 2005}, |
| 394 | pages = {329-342}, |
| 395 | publisher = {Springer}, |
| 396 | year = 2005, |
| 397 | volume = 3669, |
| 398 | series = {Lecture Notes in Computer Science}, |
| 399 | } |
| 400 | |
| 401 | @book{Sites92, |
| 402 | keywords = {computers, Alpha}, |
| 403 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 404 | editor = {Richard L. Sites}, |
| 405 | title = {Alpha Architecture Reference Manual}, |
| 406 | publisher = {Digital Press, One Burlington Woods Drive, Burlington, MA, U. S. A., 01803}, |
| 407 | year = 1992, |
| 408 | } |
| 409 | |
| 410 | @book{alphard, |
| 411 | keywords = {Parametric polymorphism, alphard, iterators, nested types}, |
| 412 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 413 | editor = {Mary Shaw}, |
| 414 | title = {{ALPHARD}: Form and Content}, |
| 415 | publisher = {Springer-Verlag}, |
| 416 | year = 1981, |
| 417 | comment = {Collection of papers about Alphard.} |
| 418 | } |
| 419 | |
| 420 | @article{Kessels77, |
| 421 | keywords = {monitors}, |
| 422 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 423 | author = {Joep L. W. Kessels}, |
| 424 | title = {An Alternative to Event Queues for Synchronization in Monitors}, |
| 425 | journal = cacm, |
| 426 | volume = 20, |
| 427 | number = 7, |
| 428 | month = jul, |
| 429 | year = 1977, |
| 430 | pages = {500-503}, |
| 431 | annote = { |
| 432 | } |
| 433 | } |
| 434 | |
| 435 | @article{descr, |
| 436 | keywords = {X2, subclasses, inheritance, parameterized classes}, |
| 437 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 438 | author = {David Sandberg}, |
| 439 | title = {An Alternative to Subclassing}, |
| 440 | journal = sigplan, |
| 441 | volume = {21}, number = {11}, |
| 442 | pages = {424-428}, |
| 443 | month = nov, year = 1986, |
| 444 | comment = { |
| 445 | The Smalltalk class hierarchy has three uses: factoring out code; |
| 446 | ``Abstraction superclasses'' such as Collection; rapid construction |
| 447 | of new classes by incremental change. |
| 448 | |
| 449 | ``A descriptive class specifies a partial behavior by specifying a |
| 450 | set of procedure headings that describe what can be done with |
| 451 | instances of classes that belong to the descriptive class.'' An |
| 452 | ``instance'' statement declares a class to be an instance of a |
| 453 | descriptive class and defines the correspondence between |
| 454 | operations. Procedures with descriptive class parameters take any |
| 455 | instance as arguments. Descriptive classes can describe relations |
| 456 | like ``c is a collection with element type e'', but how such things |
| 457 | are used isn't explained. |
| 458 | |
| 459 | For each descriptive class used in a parameter list, an implicit |
| 460 | parameter is created that is passed a vector of procedures. |
| 461 | } |
| 462 | } |
| 463 | |
| 464 | @incollection{Matsuoka93, |
| 465 | keywords = {inheritance anomaly}, |
| 466 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 467 | author = {Satoshi Matsuoka and Akinori Yonezawa}, |
| 468 | title = {Analysis of Inheritance Anomaly in Object-Oriented Concurrent Programming Languages}, |
| 469 | booktitle = {Research Directions in Concurrent Object-Oriented Programming}, |
| 470 | editor = {Gul Agha and Peter Wegner and Akinori Yonezawa}, |
| 471 | publisher = {MIT Press}, |
| 472 | year = 1993, |
| 473 | pages = {107-150}, |
| 474 | } |
| 475 | |
| 476 | @article{Sinha00, |
| 477 | author = {Saurabh Sinha and Mary Jean Harrold}, |
| 478 | title = {Analysis and Testing of Programs with Exception-Handling Constructs}, |
| 479 | journal = ieeese, |
| 480 | year = 2000, |
| 481 | month = sep, |
| 482 | volume = 26, |
| 483 | number = 9, |
| 484 | pages = {849--871}, |
| 485 | } |
| 486 | |
| 487 | @inproceedings{Robillard99, |
| 488 | author = {Martin P. Robillard and Gail C. Murphy}, |
| 489 | title = {Analyzing Exception Flow in {J}ava Programs}, |
| 490 | booktitle = {ESEC/FSE-7: Proceedings of the 7th European Software Engineering Conference held jointly |
| 491 | with the 7th ACM SIGSOFT International Symposium on Foundations of Software Engineering}, |
| 492 | year = 1999, |
| 493 | pages = {322--337}, |
| 494 | isbn = {3-540-66538-2}, |
| 495 | location = {Toulouse, France}, |
| 496 | doi = {http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/318773.319251}, |
| 497 | publisher = {Springer-Verlag}, |
| 498 | address = {London, UK}, |
| 499 | } |
| 500 | |
| 501 | @book{C++, |
| 502 | keywords = {C++, ANSI}, |
| 503 | author = {Margaret A. Ellis and Bjarne Stroustrup}, |
| 504 | title = {The Annotated {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Reference Manual}, |
| 505 | publisher = {Addison-Wesley}, |
| 506 | year = 1990, |
| 507 | edition = {first}, |
| 508 | } |
| 509 | |
| 510 | @book{APL, |
| 511 | keywords = {APL}, |
| 512 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 513 | author = {K. E. Iverson}, |
| 514 | title = {A Programming Language}, |
| 515 | publisher = {Wiley, New York}, |
| 516 | year = 1962 |
| 517 | } |
| 518 | |
| 519 | @article{PS-Algol:old, |
| 520 | author = {M. Atkinson and P. Bailey and K. Chisholm and P. Cockshott and R. Morrison}, |
| 521 | title = {An Approach to Persistent Programming}, |
| 522 | journal = {The Computer Journal}, |
| 523 | year = 1983, |
| 524 | volume = 26, |
| 525 | number = 4, |
| 526 | pages = {360-365}, |
| 527 | } |
| 528 | |
| 529 | @article{Kessels82, |
| 530 | keywords = {concurrency, critical section}, |
| 531 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 532 | author = {Joep L. W. Kessels}, |
| 533 | title = {Arbitration Without Common Modifiable Variables}, |
| 534 | journal = acta, |
| 535 | volume = 17, |
| 536 | number = 2, |
| 537 | month = jun, |
| 538 | year = 1982, |
| 539 | pages = {135-141}, |
| 540 | } |
| 541 | |
| 542 | @article{Buhr95a, |
| 543 | keywords = {concurrency, library approach}, |
| 544 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 545 | author = {Peter A. Buhr}, |
| 546 | title = {Are Safe Concurrency Libraries Possible?}, |
| 547 | journal = cacm, |
| 548 | month = feb, |
| 549 | year = 1995, |
| 550 | volume = 38, |
| 551 | number = 2, |
| 552 | pages = {117-120}, |
| 553 | } |
| 554 | |
| 555 | @book{ARMv7, |
| 556 | key = {ARM processor}, |
| 557 | title = {ARM Architecture Reference Manual}, |
| 558 | publisher = {ARM}, |
| 559 | volume = {ARM DDI 0406C.b (ID072512)}, |
| 560 | year = 2012, |
| 561 | } |
| 562 | |
| 563 | @book{Herlihy08, |
| 564 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 565 | author = {Herlihy, Maurice and Shavit, Nir}, |
| 566 | title = {The Art of Multiprocessor Programming}, |
| 567 | year = 2008, |
| 568 | isbn = {0123705916, 9780123705914}, |
| 569 | publisher = {Morgan Kaufmann Publishers Inc.}, |
| 570 | address = {San Francisco, CA, USA}, |
| 571 | } |
| 572 | |
| 573 | @inproceedings{Chung10, |
| 574 | keywords = {transactional memory, lock-free programming, x86 architecture}, |
| 575 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 576 | author = {Jaewoong Chung and Luke Yen and Stephan Diestelhorst and Martin Pohlack and Michael Hohmuth and David Christie and Dan Grossman}, |
| 577 | title = {ASF: AMD64 Extension for Lock-Free Data Structures and Transactional Memory}, |
| 578 | booktitle = {Proceedings of the 2010 43rd Annual IEEE/ACM International Symposium on Microarchitecture}, |
| 579 | series = {MICRO '43}, |
| 580 | year = 2010, |
| 581 | pages = {39--50}, |
| 582 | numpages = {12}, |
| 583 | publisher = {IEEE Computer Society}, |
| 584 | address = {Washington, DC, USA}, |
| 585 | } |
| 586 | |
| 587 | @article{Buhr94a, |
| 588 | keywords = {assignment, parameter passing, multiple assignment}, |
| 589 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 590 | author = {P. A. Buhr and David Till and C. R. Zarnke}, |
| 591 | title = {Assignment as the Sole Means of Updating Objects}, |
| 592 | journal = spe, |
| 593 | month = sep, |
| 594 | year = 1994, |
| 595 | volume = 24, |
| 596 | number = 9, |
| 597 | pages = {835-870}, |
| 598 | } |
| 599 | |
| 600 | @inproceedings{Krischer08, |
| 601 | keywords = {exception handling, asynchronous, blocked tasks}, |
| 602 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 603 | author = {Roy Krischer and Peter A. Buhr}, |
| 604 | title = {Asynchronous Exception Propagation in Blocked Tasks}, |
| 605 | booktitle = {4th International Workshop on Exception Handling (WEH.08)}, |
| 606 | organization= {16th International Symposium on the Foundations of Software Engineering (FSE 16)}, |
| 607 | address = {Atlanta, U.S.A}, |
| 608 | month = nov, |
| 609 | year = 2008, |
| 610 | pages = {8-15}, |
| 611 | } |
| 612 | |
| 613 | @article{oop:modpascal, |
| 614 | keywords = {ModPascal}, |
| 615 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 616 | author = {Walter G. Olthoff}, |
| 617 | title = {Augmentation of Object-Oriented Programming by Concepts of Abstract Data Type Theory: The ModPascal Experience}, |
| 618 | journal = sigplan, |
| 619 | volume = 21, |
| 620 | number = 11, |
| 621 | pages = {429-443}, |
| 622 | month = nov, |
| 623 | year = 1986 |
| 624 | } |
| 625 | |
| 626 | @inproceedings{Shen91, |
| 627 | keywords = {Ada, polymorphism}, |
| 628 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 629 | author = {Jun Shen and Gordon V. Cormack}, |
| 630 | title = {Automatic instantiation in Ada}, |
| 631 | booktitle = {Proceedings of the ACM Tri-Ada Conference}, |
| 632 | organization= {ACM}, |
| 633 | address = {San Jose, California, U.S.A}, |
| 634 | month = oct, |
| 635 | year = 1991, |
| 636 | pages = {338-346}, |
| 637 | } |
| 638 | |
| 639 | @article{Havender68, |
| 640 | keywords = {deadlock}, |
| 641 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 642 | author = {J. W. Havender}, |
| 643 | title = {Avoiding Deadlock in Multitasking Systems}, |
| 644 | journal = ibmsj, |
| 645 | volume = 7, |
| 646 | number = 2, |
| 647 | year = 1968, |
| 648 | pages = {74-84}, |
| 649 | } |
| 650 | |
| 651 | % B |
| 652 | |
| 653 | @incollection{beta:old, |
| 654 | keywords = {beta, patterns, virtual types}, |
| 655 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 656 | author = {Bent Bruun Kristensen and Ole Lehrmann Madsen and Birger M{\o}ller-Pedersen and Kristen Nygaard}, |
| 657 | title = {The BETA Programming Language}, |
| 658 | booktitle = {Research Directions in Object-Oriented Programming}, |
| 659 | publisher = {MIT Press}, |
| 660 | series = {Computer Systems Series}, |
| 661 | year = 1987, |
| 662 | pages = {7-48}, |
| 663 | editor = {Bruce Shriver and Peter Wegner} |
| 664 | } |
| 665 | |
| 666 | @article{Knudsen87, |
| 667 | keyword = {static exception handling mechanism, BETA, sequel}, |
| 668 | contributor = {wyrmok@plg}, |
| 669 | author = {J{\o}rgen Lindskov Knudsen}, |
| 670 | title = {Better Exception Handling in Block Structured Systems}, |
| 671 | journal = {IEEE Software}, |
| 672 | year = 1987, |
| 673 | month = may, |
| 674 | volume = 4, |
| 675 | number = 3, |
| 676 | pages = {40-49}, |
| 677 | comments = { |
| 678 | Going up the call hierarchy to look for a handler does not fit an |
| 679 | otherwise statically scoped language. Also, not knowing which handler |
| 680 | to be used when raising an abnormal event is seen as a weakness of the |
| 681 | (dynamic) exception handling mechanism. Knudsen believed that raising |
| 682 | an exception should specify the handler for the exception -- the |
| 683 | handler is chosen when the exception is raised. However, I don't think |
| 684 | his scheme can solve the problem, especially with all the callback |
| 685 | routines commonly found in OO programming. |
| 686 | |
| 687 | BETA exception handling mechanism uses his work as a foundation. |
| 688 | However, I don't see any benefits BETA has over other language that is |
| 689 | a direct consequence of Knudsen's work. On the other hand, my knowledge |
| 690 | on BETA is very limited. |
| 691 | } |
| 692 | } |
| 693 | |
| 694 | @book{BCPL, |
| 695 | keywords = {BCPL}, |
| 696 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 697 | author = {M. Richards and C. Whitby-Strevens}, |
| 698 | title = {{BCPL} -- The Language and Its Compiler}, |
| 699 | publisher = {Cambridge University Press, Cambridge}, |
| 700 | year = 1979, |
| 701 | } |
| 702 | |
| 703 | @incollection{Madsen87, |
| 704 | keywords = {nested classes}, |
| 705 | contributer = {pabuhr@watmsg}, |
| 706 | author = {Ole Lehrmann Madsen}, |
| 707 | title = {Block Structure and Object Oriented Languages}, |
| 708 | booktitle = {Research Directions in Object-Oriented Programming}, |
| 709 | editor = {Bruce Shriver and Peter Wegner}, |
| 710 | publisher = {MIT Press}, |
| 711 | series = {Computer Systems Series}, |
| 712 | year = 1987, |
| 713 | pages = {113-128} |
| 714 | } |
| 715 | |
| 716 | @inproceedings{booleanClasses, |
| 717 | keywords = {specifications}, |
| 718 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 719 | author = {David McAllester and Ramin Zabih}, |
| 720 | title = {Boolean Classes}, |
| 721 | crossref = "OOPSLA86", |
| 722 | pages = {417-423}, |
| 723 | abstract = { |
| 724 | We extend the notion of class so that any Boolean combination of |
| 725 | classes is also a class. Boolean classes allow greater precision |
| 726 | and conciseness in naming the class of objects governed a |
| 727 | particular method [sic]. A class can be viewed as a predicate |
| 728 | which is either true or false of any given object. Unlike |
| 729 | predicates however classes have an inheritance hierarchy which is |
| 730 | known at compile time. Boolean classes extend the notion of class, |
| 731 | making classes more like predicates, while preserving the compile |
| 732 | time computable inheritance hierarchy. |
| 733 | }, |
| 734 | comment = { |
| 735 | Classes are predicates; if object {\tt o} is in class {\tt C}, then |
| 736 | {\tt C} is true of {\tt o}. Classes are combined with {\tt :AND}, |
| 737 | {\tt :OR}, and {\tt :NOT}. Inheritance is treated as implication: |
| 738 | {\tt (:implies C E)} means that if class {\tt C} is true of {\tt |
| 739 | o}, class expression {\tt E} is true of {\tt o}, so if {\tt E} is a |
| 740 | class, it is a superclass of {\tt C}. Some class expressions, i.e. |
| 741 | {\tt (:OR c1 c2)}, can't be instantiated. Others, i.e. {\tt (:NOT |
| 742 | c)}, can't be given methods or members because almost all classes |
| 743 | would inherit them, violating modularity. The rules for spotting |
| 744 | these problems are complex. Determining if one class inherits from |
| 745 | another needs an exponential algorithm. |
| 746 | } |
| 747 | } |
| 748 | |
| 749 | @mastersthesis{Krischer02, |
| 750 | author = {Roy Krischer }, |
| 751 | title = {Bound Exceptions in Object-Oriented Programming Languages}, |
| 752 | school = {Universit\"at Mannheim}, |
| 753 | address = {Mannheim, Deutschland}, |
| 754 | year = 2002, |
| 755 | month = oct, |
| 756 | type = {Diplomarbeit}, |
| 757 | note = {{\small\textsf{ftp://\-plg.uwaterloo.ca/\-pub/\-theses/\-KrischerThesis.ps.gz}}}, |
| 758 | } |
| 759 | |
| 760 | @inproceedings{Buhr03, |
| 761 | keywords = {exception handling, bound handler}, |
| 762 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 763 | author = {Peter A. Buhr and Roy Krischer}, |
| 764 | title = {Bound Exceptions in Object Programming}, |
| 765 | booktitle = {Proceedings of the ECOOP 2003 Workshop on Exception Handling in Object Oriented Systems: |
| 766 | Towards Emerging Application Areas and New Programming Paradigms}, |
| 767 | organization= {ECOOP}, |
| 768 | address = {Darmstadt, Germany}, |
| 769 | month = jul, |
| 770 | year = 2003, |
| 771 | pages = {20-26}, |
| 772 | } |
| 773 | % note = {http://www.cs.umn.edu/research/technical_reports.php/listing/technical_reports.php?page=report&report_id=03-028} |
| 774 | |
| 775 | @inproceedings{Buhr06b, |
| 776 | keywords = {exception handling, bound exceptions}, |
| 777 | author = {Peter A. Buhr and Roy Krischer}, |
| 778 | title = {Bound Exceptions in Object-Oriented Programming}, |
| 779 | editor = {C. Dony and J. L. Knudsen and A. Romanovsky and A. Tripathi}, |
| 780 | booktitle = {Advanced Topics in Exception Handling Techniques}, |
| 781 | publisher = {Springer-Verlag}, |
| 782 | series = {Lecture Notes in Computer Science}, |
| 783 | volume = 4119, |
| 784 | year = 2006, |
| 785 | pages = {1-21} |
| 786 | } |
| 787 | |
| 788 | % C |
| 789 | |
| 790 | @book{C, |
| 791 | keywords = {C}, |
| 792 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 793 | author = {Brian W. Kernighan and Dennis M. Ritchie}, |
| 794 | title = {The {C} Programming Language}, |
| 795 | publisher = {Prentice Hall}, |
| 796 | year = 1988, |
| 797 | edition = {second}, |
| 798 | series = {Prentice Hall Software Series}, |
| 799 | comment = { |
| 800 | based on draft-proposed ANSI C |
| 801 | } |
| 802 | } |
| 803 | |
| 804 | @book{C:old, |
| 805 | keywords = {C}, |
| 806 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 807 | author = {Brian W. Kernighan and Dennis M. Ritchie}, |
| 808 | title = {The {C} Programming Language}, |
| 809 | publisher = {Prentice Hall}, |
| 810 | year = 1978, |
| 811 | edition = {first}, |
| 812 | } |
| 813 | |
| 814 | @manual{ANSI89:C, |
| 815 | keywords = {ANSI C 89}, |
| 816 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 817 | title = {American National Standard for Information Systems -- Programming Language -- {C}}, |
| 818 | organization= {American National Standards Institute}, |
| 819 | address = {1430 Broadway, New York, New York 10018}, |
| 820 | month = dec, |
| 821 | year = 1989, |
| 822 | note = {X3.159-1989} |
| 823 | } |
| 824 | |
| 825 | @manual{C11, |
| 826 | keywords = {ISO/IEC C 11}, |
| 827 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 828 | key = {C11}, |
| 829 | title = {American National Standard Information technology -- Programming Languages -- {C}}, |
| 830 | organization= {International Standard ISO/IEC 9899-2011[2012]}, |
| 831 | publisher = {International Standard Organization}, |
| 832 | address = {http://www.iso.org}, |
| 833 | year = 2012, |
| 834 | } |
| 835 | |
| 836 | @mastersthesis{Esteves04, |
| 837 | keywords = {Cforall, parametric polymorphism, overloading}, |
| 838 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 839 | author = {Rodolfo Gabriel Esteves}, |
| 840 | title = {C$\forall$, a Study in Evolutionary Design in Programming Languages}, |
| 841 | school = {School of Computer Science, University of Waterloo}, |
| 842 | year = 2004, |
| 843 | address = {Waterloo, Ontario, Canada, N2L 3G1}, |
| 844 | note = {\href{http://plg.uwaterloo.ca/theses/EstevesThesis.pdf}{http://\-plg.uwaterloo.ca/\-theses/\-EstevesThesis.pdf}}, |
| 845 | } |
| 846 | |
| 847 | @inproceedings{c++scheme, |
| 848 | keywords = {}, |
| 849 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 850 | author = {Vincent F. Russo and Simon M. Kaplan}, |
| 851 | title = {A {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Interpreter for {S}cheme}, |
| 852 | booktitle = {Usenix {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Conference}, |
| 853 | year = 1988, |
| 854 | pages = {95-108}, |
| 855 | summary = { |
| 856 | The SIOD interpreter for a Scheme subset, written in C, has a |
| 857 | tagged union representing data objects, and read(), eval(), and |
| 858 | print() functions that are basically large switch statements that |
| 859 | switch based on the tag. The authors rewrote it to use a class |
| 860 | with virtual read(), eval(), and print() members, without changing |
| 861 | any algorithms. The result was more modular, more easily |
| 862 | extensible, more reliable, and slightly faster. |
| 863 | }, |
| 864 | comment = { |
| 865 | The evidence given is thin. |
| 866 | } |
| 867 | } |
| 868 | |
| 869 | @article{doskernel, |
| 870 | keywords = {light weight processes}, |
| 871 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 872 | author = {Tom Green}, |
| 873 | title = {A {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Multitasking Kernel}, |
| 874 | journal = {Dr. Dobb's Journal of Software Tools}, |
| 875 | year = 1989, |
| 876 | month = feb, volume = 14, number = 2, pages = {45-51}, |
| 877 | comment = { |
| 878 | A light-weight multitasking kernel for MS-DOS. A task\_control |
| 879 | object holds task objects, which may block themselves on signal |
| 880 | objects. Task switching is normally preemptive, but tasks can turn |
| 881 | off preemption before calling non-reentrant routines. Source code |
| 882 | is given. |
| 883 | } |
| 884 | } |
| 885 | |
| 886 | @inproceedings{Doeppner87, |
| 887 | keywords = {concurrency}, |
| 888 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 889 | author = {Thomas W. Doeppner and Alan J. Gebele}, |
| 890 | title = {{C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} on a Parallel Machine}, |
| 891 | booktitle = {Proceedings and Additional Papers {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Workshop}, |
| 892 | organization= {USENIX Association}, |
| 893 | address = {Santa Fe, New Mexico, U.S.A}, |
| 894 | month = nov, |
| 895 | year = 1987, |
| 896 | pages = {94-107}, |
| 897 | } |
| 898 | |
| 899 | @book{Lippman91, |
| 900 | keywords = {C++}, |
| 901 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 902 | author = {Stanley B. Lippman}, |
| 903 | title = {{C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Primer}, |
| 904 | publisher = {Addison-Wesley}, |
| 905 | year = 1991, |
| 906 | edition = {second}, |
| 907 | note = {QA76.73.C15L57}, |
| 908 | } |
| 909 | |
| 910 | @book{c++:v1, |
| 911 | keywords = {C++}, |
| 912 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 913 | author = {Bjarne Stroustrup}, |
| 914 | title = {The {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Programming Language}, |
| 915 | publisher = {Addison-Wesley}, |
| 916 | year = 1986, |
| 917 | edition = {first}, |
| 918 | series = {Addison-Wesley Series in Computer Science} |
| 919 | } |
| 920 | |
| 921 | @book{c++:v2, |
| 922 | keywords = {C++}, |
| 923 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 924 | author = {Bjarne Stroustrup}, |
| 925 | title = {The {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Programming Language}, |
| 926 | publisher = {Addison-Wesley}, |
| 927 | year = 1991, |
| 928 | edition = {second}, |
| 929 | } |
| 930 | |
| 931 | @book{c++:v3, |
| 932 | keywords = {C++}, |
| 933 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 934 | author = {Bjarne Stroustrup}, |
| 935 | title = {The {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Programming Language}, |
| 936 | publisher = {Addison-Wesley}, |
| 937 | year = 1997, |
| 938 | edition = {third}, |
| 939 | } |
| 940 | |
| 941 | @manual{Csharp, |
| 942 | keywords = {C#}, |
| 943 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 944 | title = {C\# Language Specification, Standard ECMA-334}, |
| 945 | organization= {ECMA International Standardizing Information and Communication Systems}, |
| 946 | month = jun, |
| 947 | year = 2006, |
| 948 | edition = {4th}, |
| 949 | } |
| 950 | |
| 951 | @article{Buhr85, |
| 952 | keywords = {goto, multi-exit loop}, |
| 953 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 954 | author = {P. A. Buhr}, |
| 955 | title = {A Case for Teaching Multi-exit Loops to Beginning Programmers}, |
| 956 | journal = sigplan, |
| 957 | volume = 20, |
| 958 | number = 11, |
| 959 | month = nov, |
| 960 | year = 1985, |
| 961 | pages = {14-22} |
| 962 | } |
| 963 | |
| 964 | @techreport{cforall-ug, |
| 965 | keywords = {cforall, user guide}, |
| 966 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 967 | author = {Peter A. Buhr and Glen Ditchfield and David Till and Charles R. Zarnke}, |
| 968 | title = {\mbox{\mdseries\sffamily C{$\mathbf{\forall}$}}\ Users Guide, Version 0.1}, |
| 969 | institution = {Department of Computer Science, University of Waterloo}, |
| 970 | address = {Waterloo, Ontario, Canada, N2L 3G1}, |
| 971 | month = oct, |
| 972 | year = 2001, |
| 973 | note = {\href{http://plg.uwaterloo.ca/~cforall/cfa.ps}{http://\-plg.uwaterloo.ca/\-\char`\~cforall/\-cfa.ps}}, |
| 974 | } |
| 975 | |
| 976 | @manual{cforall, |
| 977 | keywords = {polymorphism}, |
| 978 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 979 | author = {Glen Ditchfield}, |
| 980 | title = {Cforall Reference Manual and Rationale}, |
| 981 | edition = {Revision 1.82}, |
| 982 | month = jan, |
| 983 | year = 1998, |
| 984 | note = {{\small\textsf{ftp://\-plg.uwaterloo.ca/\-pub/\-Cforall/\-refrat.ps.gz}}}, |
| 985 | } |
| 986 | |
| 987 | @book{Yourdon79, |
| 988 | keywords = {software engineering}, |
| 989 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 990 | editor = {Edward Nash Yourdon}, |
| 991 | title = {Classics in Software Engineering}, |
| 992 | publisher = {Yourdon Press}, |
| 993 | year = 1979, |
| 994 | } |
| 995 | |
| 996 | @inproceedings{Crnogorac98, |
| 997 | keywords = {inheritance anomaly}, |
| 998 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 999 | author = {Lobel Crnogorac and Anand S. Rao and Kotagiri Ramamohanarao}, |
| 1000 | title = {Classifying Inheritance Mechanisms in Concurrent Object-Oriented Programming}, |
| 1001 | editor = {Eric Jul}, |
| 1002 | booktitle = {{ECOOP}~'98---Object-Oriented Programming}, |
| 1003 | series = {Lecture Notes in Computer Science}, |
| 1004 | publisher = {Springer}, |
| 1005 | volume = 1445, |
| 1006 | year = 1998, |
| 1007 | pages = {571-601}, |
| 1008 | ISBN = {3-540-64737-6}, |
| 1009 | ISSN = {0302-9743}, |
| 1010 | abstract = { |
| 1011 | Inheritance is one of the key concepts in object-oriented rogramming. However, the |
| 1012 | usefulness of inheritance in concurrent object-oriented programming is greatly |
| 1013 | reduced by the problem of inheritance anomaly. Inheritance anomaly is manifested |
| 1014 | by undesirable re-definitions of inherited code. The problem is aggravated by the |
| 1015 | lack of a formal analysis, with a multitude of differing proposals and conflicting |
| 1016 | opinions causing the current state of research, and further directions, to be |
| 1017 | unclear. In this paper we present a formal analysis of inheritance anomaly in |
| 1018 | concurrent object-oriented programming. Starting from a formal definition of the |
| 1019 | problem we develop a taxonomy of the anomaly, and use it to classify the various |
| 1020 | proposals. As a result, the major ideas, trends and limitations of the various |
| 1021 | proposals are clearly exposed. Formal analysis of the anomaly and a thorough |
| 1022 | exposition of its causes and implications are the pre-requisites for a successful |
| 1023 | integration of inheritance and concurrency. |
| 1024 | }, |
| 1025 | } |
| 1026 | |
| 1027 | @book{CLU, |
| 1028 | keywords = {CLU}, |
| 1029 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 1030 | author = {Barbara Liskov and Russell Atkinson and Toby Bloom and Eliot |
| 1031 | Moss and J. Craig Schaffert and Robert Scheifler and Alan Snyder}, |
| 1032 | title = {CLU Reference Manual}, |
| 1033 | publisher = {Springer-Verlag}, |
| 1034 | year = 1981, |
| 1035 | volume = 114, |
| 1036 | series = {Lecture Notes in Computer Science} |
| 1037 | } |
| 1038 | |
| 1039 | @manual{Cobol14, |
| 1040 | keywords = {ISO/IEC Cobol 14}, |
| 1041 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 1042 | key = {Cobol14}, |
| 1043 | title = {Programming Languages -- {Cobol}}, |
| 1044 | edition = {second}, |
| 1045 | organization= {International Standard ISO/IEC 1989:2014}, |
| 1046 | publisher = {International Standard Organization}, |
| 1047 | address = {http://www.iso.org}, |
| 1048 | year = 2014, |
| 1049 | } |
| 1050 | |
| 1051 | @article{coagulation, |
| 1052 | keywords = {register allocation, instruction selection, jello}, |
| 1053 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 1054 | author = {Michael Karr}, |
| 1055 | title = {Code Generation by Coagulation}, |
| 1056 | journal = sigplan, |
| 1057 | year = 1984, |
| 1058 | month = jun, volume = 19, number = 6, pages = {1-12}, |
| 1059 | note = {Proceedings of the ACM SIGPLAN '84 Symposium on Compiler Construction}, |
| 1060 | abstract = { |
| 1061 | This paper describes a new approach to code-generation. The |
| 1062 | central tenet is that there must be a more intimate coupling |
| 1063 | between register allocation and instruction selection than exists |
| 1064 | in present-day technology. This is achieved by generating code in |
| 1065 | very small regions and gradually coalescing the part of the program |
| 1066 | that is ``compiled''. |
| 1067 | }, |
| 1068 | comment = { |
| 1069 | Imagine the program, including the subroutines, spread out over a |
| 1070 | table, with the compiler dropping Jello on the parts as they are |
| 1071 | compiled. At first little drops appear in seemingly random places. |
| 1072 | These get bigger and combine with other drops to form growing |
| 1073 | globs. When two globs meet, ripples will go out through each as |
| 1074 | they adjust to each other's presence, although the parts of the |
| 1075 | globs that formed first are less affected by the ripples. When |
| 1076 | compilation is complete, there is one congealed mass. |
| 1077 | } |
| 1078 | } |
| 1079 | |
| 1080 | @article{Soloway83, |
| 1081 | keywords = {goto, structure programming}, |
| 1082 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 1083 | author = {E. Soloway and J. Bonar and K. Ehrlich}, |
| 1084 | title = {Cognitive Strategies and Looping Constructs: An Empirical Study}, |
| 1085 | journal = cacm, |
| 1086 | month = nov, |
| 1087 | year = 1983, |
| 1088 | volume = 26, |
| 1089 | number = 11, |
| 1090 | pages = {853-860}, |
| 1091 | } |
| 1092 | |
| 1093 | @book{sml:commentary, |
| 1094 | author = {Robin Milner and Mads Tofte}, |
| 1095 | title = {Commentary on Standard {ML}}, |
| 1096 | publisher = {MIT Press}, |
| 1097 | address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts, U.S.A.}, |
| 1098 | year = 1991 |
| 1099 | } |
| 1100 | |
| 1101 | @article{Hyman66, |
| 1102 | keywords = {mutual exclusion, software solution, incorrect}, |
| 1103 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 1104 | author = {Harris Hyman}, |
| 1105 | title = {Comments on a Problem in Concurrent Programming Control}, |
| 1106 | journal = cacm, |
| 1107 | month = jan, |
| 1108 | year = 1966, |
| 1109 | volume = 9, |
| 1110 | number = 1, |
| 1111 | pages = {45}, |
| 1112 | note = {Letter to the Editor} |
| 1113 | } |
| 1114 | |
| 1115 | @inproceedings{clos, |
| 1116 | keywords = {}, |
| 1117 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 1118 | author = {Linda G. DeMichiel and Richard P. Gabriel}, |
| 1119 | title = {The Common Lisp Object System: An Overview}, |
| 1120 | booktitle = {ECOOP '87. European Conference on Object-Oriented Programming}, |
| 1121 | year = 1987, |
| 1122 | pages = {151-170}, |
| 1123 | publisher = {Springer-Verlag} |
| 1124 | } |
| 1125 | |
| 1126 | @book{CommonLisp, |
| 1127 | keywords = {common lisp}, |
| 1128 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 1129 | author = {G. Steele}, |
| 1130 | title = {COMMON LISP: The Language}, |
| 1131 | publisher = {Digital Press}, |
| 1132 | year = 1984 |
| 1133 | } |
| 1134 | |
| 1135 | @article{CommonLoops, |
| 1136 | author = {D. Bobrow and K. Kahn and G. Kiczales and L. Masinter and M. Stefik and F. Zdybel}, |
| 1137 | title = {CommonLoops: Merging Common Lisp and Object-Oriented Programming}, |
| 1138 | address = {Portland, Oregon, U.S.A.}, |
| 1139 | journal = {Proc. ACM Conf. on Object-Oriented Systems, Languages and Applications}, |
| 1140 | year = 1986, |
| 1141 | month = sep, |
| 1142 | pages = {17-29}, |
| 1143 | } |
| 1144 | |
| 1145 | @article{co-overview, |
| 1146 | keywords = {CommonObjects, implementation, encapsulation}, |
| 1147 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 1148 | author = {Alan Snyder}, |
| 1149 | title = {CommonObjects: An Overview}, |
| 1150 | journal = sigplan, |
| 1151 | year = 1986, |
| 1152 | month = oct, volume = 21, number = 10, pages = {19-28}, |
| 1153 | note = {Object Oriented Programming Workshop} |
| 1154 | } |
| 1155 | |
| 1156 | @article{CSP, |
| 1157 | keywords = {CSP, concurrency}, |
| 1158 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 1159 | author = {C. A. R. Hoare}, |
| 1160 | title = {Communicating Sequential Processes}, |
| 1161 | journal = cacm, |
| 1162 | month = aug, |
| 1163 | year = 1978, |
| 1164 | volume = 21, |
| 1165 | number = 8, |
| 1166 | pages = {666-677} |
| 1167 | } |
| 1168 | |
| 1169 | @book{Hoare85, |
| 1170 | author = {C. A. R. Hoare}, |
| 1171 | title = {Communicating Sequential Processes}, |
| 1172 | year = 1985, |
| 1173 | isbn = {0-13-153271-5}, |
| 1174 | publisher = {Prentice-Hall, Inc.}, |
| 1175 | address = {Upper Saddle River, NJ, USA}, |
| 1176 | note = {\href{http://www.usingcsp.com/cspbook.pdf}{http://\-www.usingcsp.com/\-cspbook.pdf}}, |
| 1177 | } |
| 1178 | |
| 1179 | @article{Hansen72a, |
| 1180 | keywords = {monitors, automatic signal}, |
| 1181 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 1182 | author = {Per {Brinch Hansen}}, |
| 1183 | title = {A Comparison of Two Synchronizing Concepts}, |
| 1184 | journal = acta, |
| 1185 | volume = 1, |
| 1186 | year = 1972, |
| 1187 | pages = {190-199}, |
| 1188 | } |
| 1189 | |
| 1190 | @book{Aho06, |
| 1191 | author = {Alfred V. Aho and Monica S. Lam and Ravi Sethi and Jeffrey D. Ullman}, |
| 1192 | title = {Compilers: Principles, Techniques, and Tools}, |
| 1193 | edition = {second}, |
| 1194 | year = {2006}, |
| 1195 | publisher = {Addison-Wesley Longman Publishing Co., Inc.}, |
| 1196 | address = {Boston, MA, USA}, |
| 1197 | } |
| 1198 | |
| 1199 | @article{Bacon94, |
| 1200 | keywords = {parallelizing compiler}, |
| 1201 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 1202 | author = {David F. Bacon and Susan L. Graham and Oliver J. Sharp}, |
| 1203 | title = {Compiler Transformations for High-Performance Computing}, |
| 1204 | journal = acmcs, |
| 1205 | volume = 26, |
| 1206 | number = 4, |
| 1207 | month = dec, |
| 1208 | year = 1994, |
| 1209 | pages = {345-420}, |
| 1210 | } |
| 1211 | |
| 1212 | @inproceedings{Berger01, |
| 1213 | author = {Emery D. Berger and Benjamin G. Zorn and Kathryn S. McKinley}, |
| 1214 | title = {Composing High-Performance Memory Allocators}, |
| 1215 | booktitle = {{SIGPLAN} Conference on Programming Language Design and Implementation}, |
| 1216 | pages = {114-124}, |
| 1217 | year = 2001, |
| 1218 | url = {http://citeseer.ist.psu.edu/berger01composing.html} |
| 1219 | } |
| 1220 | |
| 1221 | @article{Andrews83, |
| 1222 | keywords = {general concurrency}, |
| 1223 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 1224 | author = {Gregory R. Andrews and Fred B. Schneider}, |
| 1225 | title = {Concepts and Notations for Concurrent Programming}, |
| 1226 | journal = acmcs, |
| 1227 | volume = 15, |
| 1228 | number = 1, |
| 1229 | month = mar, |
| 1230 | year = 1983, |
| 1231 | pages = {3-43}, |
| 1232 | } |
| 1233 | |
| 1234 | @mastersthesis{Mok97, |
| 1235 | author = {Wing Yeung Russell Mok}, |
| 1236 | title = {Concurrent Abnormal Event Handling Mechanisms}, |
| 1237 | school = {University of Waterloo}, |
| 1238 | year = 1997, |
| 1239 | month = sep, |
| 1240 | address = {Waterloo, Ontario, Canada, N2L 3G1}, |
| 1241 | note = {{\small\textsf{ftp://\-plg.uwaterloo.ca/\-pub/\-theses/\-MokThesis.ps.gz}}}, |
| 1242 | } |
| 1243 | |
| 1244 | @article{Gehani86, |
| 1245 | keywords = {Concurrent programming, C, Distributed systems, rendezvous}, |
| 1246 | contributer = {dgharriss@plg}, |
| 1247 | author = {N. H. Gehani and W. D. Roome}, |
| 1248 | title = {{Concurrent C}}, |
| 1249 | journal = spe, |
| 1250 | volume = 16, |
| 1251 | number = 9, |
| 1252 | month = sep, |
| 1253 | year = 1986, |
| 1254 | pages = {821-844}, |
| 1255 | abstract = { |
| 1256 | Our objective is to enhance C so that it can be used to write |
| 1257 | concurrent programs that can run efficiently on both single computers |
| 1258 | and multicomputers. Our concurrent programming extensions to C are |
| 1259 | based on the {\it rendezvous\/} concept. These extensions include |
| 1260 | mechanisms for the declaration and creation of processes, for process |
| 1261 | synchronization and interaction, for process termination and abortion. |
| 1262 | We give a rationale for our decisions and compare Concurrent C |
| 1263 | extensions with the concurrent programming facilities in Ada. |
| 1264 | Concurrent C has been implemented on the UNIX system running on a |
| 1265 | single processor. A distributed version of Concurrent C is being |
| 1266 | implemented. |
| 1267 | }, |
| 1268 | comment = { |
| 1269 | Select with guarded and screened accepts. Typed processes. |
| 1270 | Process-valued expressions and process variables. Processes have |
| 1271 | execution priority: Create {\em process-type-name}(args) [with |
| 1272 | priority(p)], |
| 1273 | and the priority can be changed on the fly. Complicated guard/ |
| 1274 | screen structure on accept: accept {\em transaction}(param names) |
| 1275 | [suchthat (exp)] [by (exp)] [compoundstatement]. Accepts cannot |
| 1276 | appear in functions! Can specify timeouts on transaction calls. |
| 1277 | Code examples: buffer process, dining philosophers, lock manager. |
| 1278 | Section on diffs between Concurrent C and Ada. |
| 1279 | } |
| 1280 | } |
| 1281 | |
| 1282 | @article{ConcurrentC++, |
| 1283 | keywords = {concurrency, C++}, |
| 1284 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 1285 | author = {N. H. Gehani and W. D. Roome}, |
| 1286 | title = {Concurrent {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}: Concurrent Programming with Class(es)}, |
| 1287 | journal = spe, |
| 1288 | month = dec, |
| 1289 | year = 1988, |
| 1290 | volume = 18, |
| 1291 | number = 12, |
| 1292 | pages = {1157-1177} |
| 1293 | } |
| 1294 | |
| 1295 | @article{Courtois71, |
| 1296 | keywords = {reader and writer, p and v}, |
| 1297 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 1298 | author = {P. J. Courtois and F. Heymans and D. L. Parnas}, |
| 1299 | title = {Concurrent Control with Readers and Writers}, |
| 1300 | journal = cacm, |
| 1301 | volume = 14, |
| 1302 | number = 10, |
| 1303 | month = oct, |
| 1304 | year = 1971, |
| 1305 | pages = {667-668}, |
| 1306 | annote = { |
| 1307 | Many errors in the two solutions. |
| 1308 | } |
| 1309 | } |
| 1310 | |
| 1311 | @incollection{Reppy93, |
| 1312 | keywords = {ML, concurrency, continuation passing}, |
| 1313 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 1314 | author = {John H. Reppy}, |
| 1315 | title = {Concurrent {ML}: Design, Application and Semantics}, |
| 1316 | booktitle = {Functional Programming, Concurrency, Simulation and Automated Reasoning}, |
| 1317 | editor = {P. E. Lauer}, |
| 1318 | pages = {165-198}, |
| 1319 | publisher = {Springer-Verlag}, |
| 1320 | address = {Berlin, DE}, |
| 1321 | year = 1993, |
| 1322 | ISBN = {3-540-56883-2}, |
| 1323 | abstract = { |
| 1324 | Concurrent ML (CML) is a high-level language for concurrent |
| 1325 | programming. It is an extension of Standard ML (SML) and is implemented |
| 1326 | on top of Standard ML of New Jersey (SML/NJ). CML is a practical |
| 1327 | language and is being used to build real systems. It demonstrates that |
| 1328 | one need not sacrifice high-level notation in order to have good |
| 1329 | performance. CML is also a well-defined language. In the tradition of |
| 1330 | SML, it has a formal semantics and its type-soundness has been |
| 1331 | proven.}, |
| 1332 | note = { |
| 1333 | Proceedings of International Lecture Series 1991-92, McMaster |
| 1334 | UniversityLecture Notes in Computer Science 693.}, |
| 1335 | } |
| 1336 | |
| 1337 | @article{BLASE-2, |
| 1338 | keywords = {concurrency, BLASE-2}, |
| 1339 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 1340 | author = {Piyush Mehrotra and John Van Rosendale}, |
| 1341 | title = {Concurrent Object Access in BLASE~2}, |
| 1342 | journal = sigplan, |
| 1343 | volume = 24, |
| 1344 | number = 4, |
| 1345 | month = apr, |
| 1346 | year = 1989, |
| 1347 | pages = {40-42}, |
| 1348 | note = {Proceedings of the ACM SIGPLAN Workshop on Object-Based Concurrent Programming, |
| 1349 | Sept. 26--27, 1988, San Diego, California, U.S.A}, |
| 1350 | } |
| 1351 | |
| 1352 | @techreport{Kafura88, |
| 1353 | keywords = {objects, concurrency}, |
| 1354 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 1355 | author = {Dennis Kafura}, |
| 1356 | title = {Concurrent Object-Oriented Real-Time Systems Research}, |
| 1357 | institution = {Department of Computer Science, Virginia Polytechnic}, |
| 1358 | number = {TR 88-47}, |
| 1359 | year = 1988 |
| 1360 | } |
| 1361 | |
| 1362 | @article{Buhr92a, |
| 1363 | keywords = {C++, concurrency, light-weight process, shared memory}, |
| 1364 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 1365 | author = {P. A. Buhr and Glen Ditchfield and R. A. Stroobosscher and B. M. Younger and C. R. Zarnke}, |
| 1366 | title = {$\mu${C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}: Concurrency in the Object-Oriented Language {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}}, |
| 1367 | journal = spe, |
| 1368 | volume = 22, |
| 1369 | number = 2, |
| 1370 | month = feb, |
| 1371 | year = 1992, |
| 1372 | pages = {137-172}, |
| 1373 | } |
| 1374 | |
| 1375 | @techreport{uC++, |
| 1376 | keywords = {C++, concurrency, light-weight process, shared memory}, |
| 1377 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 1378 | author = {Peter A. Buhr}, |
| 1379 | title = {$\mu${C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Annotated Reference Manual, Version 6.1.0}, |
| 1380 | institution = {School of Computer Science, University of Waterloo}, |
| 1381 | address = {Waterloo, Ontario, Canada, N2L 3G1}, |
| 1382 | month = jul, |
| 1383 | year = 2015, |
| 1384 | note = {\href{http://plg.uwaterloo.ca/~usystem/pub/uSystem/u++-6.1.0.sh}{\textsf{http://plg.uwaterloo.ca/\-$\sim$usystem/\-pub/\-uSystem/\-u++-6.1.0.sh}}}, |
| 1385 | } |
| 1386 | |
| 1387 | @book{Burns93, |
| 1388 | keywords = {concurrency, Pascal}, |
| 1389 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 1390 | author = {Alan Burns and Geoff Davies}, |
| 1391 | title = {Concurrent Programming}, |
| 1392 | publisher = {Addison-Wesley}, |
| 1393 | year = 1993, |
| 1394 | } |
| 1395 | |
| 1396 | @article{Hansen73a, |
| 1397 | keywords = {monitors}, |
| 1398 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 1399 | author = {Per {Brinch Hansen}}, |
| 1400 | title = {Concurrent Programming Concepts}, |
| 1401 | journal = spe, |
| 1402 | month = dec, |
| 1403 | year = 1973, |
| 1404 | volume = 5, |
| 1405 | number = 4, |
| 1406 | pages = {223-245}, |
| 1407 | } |
| 1408 | |
| 1409 | @book{Lea97, |
| 1410 | keywords = {concurrency, Java}, |
| 1411 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 1412 | author = {Doug Lea}, |
| 1413 | title = {Concurrent Programming in {J}ava: Design Principles and Patterns}, |
| 1414 | publisher = {Addison-Wesley}, |
| 1415 | year = 1997, |
| 1416 | edition = {first}, |
| 1417 | } |
| 1418 | |
| 1419 | @book{Hartley98, |
| 1420 | keywords = {concurrency, Java}, |
| 1421 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 1422 | author = {Stephen J. Hartley}, |
| 1423 | title = {Concurrent Programming: The {J}ava Programming Language}, |
| 1424 | publisher = {Oxford University Press}, |
| 1425 | year = 1998, |
| 1426 | edition = {first}, |
| 1427 | } |
| 1428 | |
| 1429 | @book{Lea00, |
| 1430 | keywords = {concurrency, Java}, |
| 1431 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 1432 | author = {Doug Lea}, |
| 1433 | title = {Concurrent Programming in {J}ava: Design Principles and Patterns}, |
| 1434 | publisher = {Addison-Wesley}, |
| 1435 | year = 2000, |
| 1436 | edition = {second}, |
| 1437 | } |
| 1438 | |
| 1439 | @book{ConcurrentC, |
| 1440 | keywords = {concurrency, C}, |
| 1441 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 1442 | author = {N. H. Gehani and W. D. Roome}, |
| 1443 | title = {The {Concurrent C} Programming Language}, |
| 1444 | publisher = {Silicon Press, NJ}, |
| 1445 | year = 1989, |
| 1446 | } |
| 1447 | |
| 1448 | @book{Andrews91:book, |
| 1449 | keywords = {concurrency}, |
| 1450 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 1451 | author = {Gregory R. Andrews}, |
| 1452 | title = {Concurrent Programming: Principles and Practice}, |
| 1453 | publisher = {Benjamin/Cummings Publishing Company, Inc., Redwood City, California}, |
| 1454 | year = 1991, |
| 1455 | } |
| 1456 | |
| 1457 | @article{Buhr05a, |
| 1458 | keywords = {concurrency, myths}, |
| 1459 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 1460 | author = {Peter A. Buhr and Ashif S. Harji}, |
| 1461 | title = {Concurrent Urban Legends}, |
| 1462 | journal = {Concurrency and Computation: Practice and Experience}, |
| 1463 | month = aug, |
| 1464 | year = 2005, |
| 1465 | volume = 17, |
| 1466 | number = 9, |
| 1467 | pages = {1133-1172}, |
| 1468 | } |
| 1469 | |
| 1470 | @techreport{Buhr90, |
| 1471 | keywords = {objects, concurrency}, |
| 1472 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 1473 | author = {P. A. Buhr and G. J. Ditchfield and B. M. Younger and C. R. Zarnke}, |
| 1474 | title = {Concurrency in {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}}, |
| 1475 | institution = {Department of Computer Science, University of Waterloo}, |
| 1476 | address = {Waterloo, Ontario, Canada, N2L 3G1}, |
| 1477 | number = {CS-90-18}, |
| 1478 | month = may, |
| 1479 | year = 1990 |
| 1480 | } |
| 1481 | |
| 1482 | @book{Burns98, |
| 1483 | keywords = {concurrency, Ada}, |
| 1484 | author = {Alan Burns and Andy Wellings}, |
| 1485 | title = {Concurrency in {Ada}}, |
| 1486 | publisher = {Cambridge University Press}, |
| 1487 | year = 1998, |
| 1488 | edition = {second}, |
| 1489 | } |
| 1490 | |
| 1491 | @book{Bernstein93, |
| 1492 | keywords = {concurrency}, |
| 1493 | author = {Arthur J. Bernstein and Philip M. Lewis}, |
| 1494 | title = {Concurrency in Programming and Database Systems}, |
| 1495 | publisher = {Jones and Bartlett}, |
| 1496 | year = 1993, |
| 1497 | } |
| 1498 | |
| 1499 | @inproceedings{Pitman01, |
| 1500 | keywords = {LISP, exception handling}, |
| 1501 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 1502 | author = {Kent M. Pitman}, |
| 1503 | title = {Condition Handling in the Lisp Language Family}, |
| 1504 | booktitle = {Exception Handling}, |
| 1505 | publisher = {Springer-Verlag}, |
| 1506 | volume = 2022, |
| 1507 | series = {LNCS}, |
| 1508 | year = 2001, |
| 1509 | pages = {39-59} |
| 1510 | } |
| 1511 | |
| 1512 | @inbook{enhancement, |
| 1513 | keywords = {bounded polymorphism, Comandos}, |
| 1514 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 1515 | author = {Chris Horn}, |
| 1516 | title = {Conformace, Genericity, Inheritance and Enhancement}, |
| 1517 | pages = {223-233}, |
| 1518 | publisher = {Springer-Verlag}, |
| 1519 | year = 1987, |
| 1520 | volume = 276, |
| 1521 | series = "Lecture Notes in Computer Science", |
| 1522 | note = "ECOOP '87 European Conference on Object-Oriented Programming", |
| 1523 | summary = { |
| 1524 | Considers effect of conformance on Meyer's conclusions in |
| 1525 | \cite{polymorphism}. |
| 1526 | |
| 1527 | Implementing a swap function as a member of a type {\cd Swappable} |
| 1528 | with {\cd in out Top} parameters doesn't work, because conformance |
| 1529 | requires arguments to be of type {\cd Top}. |
| 1530 | |
| 1531 | An enhancive type has a type parameter, bounded by some type, and |
| 1532 | defines members. Types conforming to the bound can be passed as |
| 1533 | arguments to create types with the extra members. The signature of |
| 1534 | the enhanced type is based on the signature of the argument, not the |
| 1535 | bound, as if enhancive types were macros. Hence enhanced types do not |
| 1536 | necessarily conform to each other. Types conforming to the bound |
| 1537 | conform to enhanced types, which allows new functions to be applied |
| 1538 | to old types. |
| 1539 | |
| 1540 | Enhancive types are not generic types. If the argument is omitted, |
| 1541 | the bound is used as a default. Assignment of enhanced types to |
| 1542 | default-enhanced types is allowed (enhanced types conform to the |
| 1543 | default-enhanced type). This is (probably) statically type-safe, |
| 1544 | because arguments must conform to the bound, and the new members |
| 1545 | only use operations defined for the bound. |
| 1546 | |
| 1547 | With facilities for member renaming and deletion, enhancive types |
| 1548 | provide the equivalent of constrained generic types. |
| 1549 | } |
| 1550 | } |
| 1551 | |
| 1552 | @phdthesis{Ditchfield92, |
| 1553 | keywords = {C, parametric polymorphism, overloading}, |
| 1554 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 1555 | author = {Glen Jeffrey Ditchfield}, |
| 1556 | title = {Contextual Polymorphism}, |
| 1557 | school = {Department of Computer Science, University of Waterloo}, |
| 1558 | year = 1992, |
| 1559 | address = {Waterloo, Ontario, Canada, N2L 3G1}, |
| 1560 | note = {\href{http://plg.uwaterloo.ca/theses/DitchfieldThesis.pdf}{http://\-plg.uwaterloo.ca/\-theses/\-DitchfieldThesis.pdf}} |
| 1561 | } |
| 1562 | |
| 1563 | @inproceedings{frameworks:HHG90, |
| 1564 | keywords = {formal}, |
| 1565 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 1566 | author = {Richard Helm and Ian M. Holland and Dipayan Gangopadhyay}, |
| 1567 | title = {Contracts: Specifying Behavioural Compositions in Cbject-Oriented Systems}, |
| 1568 | booktitle = {Proceedings of ACM Symposium on Object-Oriented Programming: Systems, Languages and Applications}, |
| 1569 | year = 1990, |
| 1570 | pages = {169-180}, |
| 1571 | } |
| 1572 | |
| 1573 | @article{Wand80, |
| 1574 | keywords = {concurrency, continuation}, |
| 1575 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 1576 | author = {Mitchell Wand}, |
| 1577 | title = {Continuation-Based Multiprocessing}, |
| 1578 | publisher = {The Lisp Conference}, |
| 1579 | journal = {Conference Record of the 1980 Lisp Conference}, |
| 1580 | pages = {19-28}, |
| 1581 | year = 1980, |
| 1582 | } |
| 1583 | |
| 1584 | @article{Hieb90, |
| 1585 | keywords = {continuations, concurrency}, |
| 1586 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 1587 | author = {Robert Hieb and R. Kent Dybvig}, |
| 1588 | title = {Continuations and Concurrency}, |
| 1589 | journal = sigplan, |
| 1590 | volume = 25, |
| 1591 | number = 3, |
| 1592 | month = mar, |
| 1593 | year = 1990, |
| 1594 | pages = {128-136}, |
| 1595 | note = {Proceedings of the Second ACM SIGPLAN Symposium on Principles \& Practise of Parallel Programming, |
| 1596 | March. 14--16, 1990, Seattle, Washington, U.S.A}, |
| 1597 | } |
| 1598 | |
| 1599 | @inproceedings{Haynes84, |
| 1600 | keywords = {continuations, coroutines, Scheme}, |
| 1601 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 1602 | author = {Christopher T. Haynes and Daniel P. Friedman and Mitchell Wand}, |
| 1603 | title = {Continuations and Coroutines}, |
| 1604 | booktitle = {Conference Record of the 1984 {ACM} Symposium on Lisp and Functional Programming}, |
| 1605 | organization= {Association for Computing Machinery}, |
| 1606 | month = aug, |
| 1607 | year = 1984, |
| 1608 | pages = {293-298}, |
| 1609 | abstract = { |
| 1610 | The power of first class continuations is demonstrated by implementing |
| 1611 | a variety of coroutine mechanisms using only continuations and |
| 1612 | functional abstraction. The importance of general abstraction |
| 1613 | mechanisms such as continuations is discussed.}, |
| 1614 | } |
| 1615 | |
| 1616 | @inproceedings{Zahn74, |
| 1617 | keywords = {goto, structured programming}, |
| 1618 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 1619 | author = {C. T. Zahn}, |
| 1620 | title = {Control Statement for Natural Top-down Structured Programming}, |
| 1621 | booktitle = {Symposium on Programming Languages}, |
| 1622 | address = {Paris, France}, |
| 1623 | year = 1974, |
| 1624 | } |
| 1625 | |
| 1626 | @techreport{Dijkstra65, |
| 1627 | keywords = {concurrency, Dekker's algorithm, semaphores}, |
| 1628 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 1629 | author = {Edsger W. Dijkstra}, |
| 1630 | title = {Cooperating Sequential Processes}, |
| 1631 | institution = {Technological University}, |
| 1632 | address = {Eindhoven, Netherlands}, |
| 1633 | year = 1965, |
| 1634 | note = {Reprinted in \cite{Genuys68} pp. 43--112.} |
| 1635 | } |
| 1636 | |
| 1637 | @book{Marlin80, |
| 1638 | keywords = {coroutines}, |
| 1639 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 1640 | author = {Christopher D. Marlin}, |
| 1641 | title = {Coroutines: A Programming Methodology, a Language Design and an Implementation}, |
| 1642 | publisher = {Springer-Verlag}, |
| 1643 | year = 1980, |
| 1644 | volume = 95, |
| 1645 | series = {Lecture Notes in Computer Science, Ed. by G. Goos and J. Hartmanis} |
| 1646 | } |
| 1647 | |
| 1648 | @article{Wang71, |
| 1649 | keywords = {coroutines}, |
| 1650 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 1651 | author = {Arne Wang and Ole-Johan Dahl}, |
| 1652 | title = {Coroutine Sequencing in a Block Structured Environment}, |
| 1653 | journal = "BIT", |
| 1654 | volume = 11, |
| 1655 | month = nov, |
| 1656 | year = 1971, |
| 1657 | pages = {425-449}, |
| 1658 | } |
| 1659 | |
| 1660 | @article{Castagna95, |
| 1661 | keywords = {type-systems, covariance, contravariance}, |
| 1662 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 1663 | author = {Giuseppe Castagna}, |
| 1664 | title = {Covariance and Contravariance : Conflict without a Cause}, |
| 1665 | journal = toplas, |
| 1666 | volume = 17, |
| 1667 | number = 3, |
| 1668 | month = may, |
| 1669 | year = 1995, |
| 1670 | pages = {341-447}, |
| 1671 | } |
| 1672 | |
| 1673 | @book{Fischer88, |
| 1674 | keywords = {compiler construction}, |
| 1675 | author = {Charles N. Fischer and Richard J. {LeBlanc, Jr.}}, |
| 1676 | title = {Crafting a Compiler}, |
| 1677 | publisher = {Benjamin Cummings}, |
| 1678 | year = 1991, |
| 1679 | } |
| 1680 | |
| 1681 | @inproceedings{Jim02, |
| 1682 | keywords = {C dialect, parametric polymorphic, safe memory allocation}, |
| 1683 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 1684 | author = {Trevor Jim and Greg Morrisett and Dan Grossman and Michael Hicks and James Cheney and and Yanling Wang}, |
| 1685 | title = {{C}yclone: A Safe Dialect of {C}}, |
| 1686 | booktitle = {USENIX Annual Technical Conference}, |
| 1687 | organization= {USENIX Association}, |
| 1688 | address = {Monterey, California, U.S.A.}, |
| 1689 | month = jun, |
| 1690 | year = 2002, |
| 1691 | pages = {275-288}, |
| 1692 | } |
| 1693 | |
| 1694 | % D |
| 1695 | |
| 1696 | @manual{D, |
| 1697 | keywords = {D programming language}, |
| 1698 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 1699 | title = {{D} Programming Language}, |
| 1700 | author = {Walter Bright and Andrei Alexandrescu}, |
| 1701 | organization= {Digital Mars}, |
| 1702 | year = 2016, |
| 1703 | note = {\href{http://dlang.org/spec/spec.html}{http://\-dlang.org/\-spec/\-spec.html}}, |
| 1704 | } |
| 1705 | |
| 1706 | @techreport{Cui90, |
| 1707 | keywords = {exception handling}, |
| 1708 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 1709 | author = {Qian Cui}, |
| 1710 | title = {Data-Oriented Exception Handling}, |
| 1711 | institution = {Department of Computer Science, University of Maryland}, |
| 1712 | address = {College Park, Maryland, U.S.A., 20742}, |
| 1713 | number = {CS-TR-2384}, |
| 1714 | month = jan, |
| 1715 | year = 1990, |
| 1716 | } |
| 1717 | |
| 1718 | @article{Cui92, |
| 1719 | contributer = {rkrische@plg}, |
| 1720 | author = {Qian Cui and John Gannon}, |
| 1721 | title = {Data-oriented Exception Handling}, |
| 1722 | journal = {IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering}, |
| 1723 | month = may, |
| 1724 | year = 1992, |
| 1725 | volume = 18, |
| 1726 | number = 5, |
| 1727 | pages = {393-401}, |
| 1728 | } |
| 1729 | |
| 1730 | @manual{SIMULA87, |
| 1731 | keywords = {Simula standard}, |
| 1732 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 1733 | title = {Databehandling -- Programspr{\aa}k -- {SIMULA}}, |
| 1734 | organization= {Standardiseringskommissionen i Sverige}, |
| 1735 | note = {Svensk Standard SS 63 61 14}, |
| 1736 | year = 1987, |
| 1737 | abstract = { |
| 1738 | Standard for the programming language SIMULA. Written in English. |
| 1739 | } |
| 1740 | } |
| 1741 | |
| 1742 | @article{Liskov75, |
| 1743 | keywords = {abstract data types, encapsulation, verification}, |
| 1744 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 1745 | author = {Barbara H. Liskov}, |
| 1746 | title = {Data Types and Program Correctness}, |
| 1747 | journal = sigplan, |
| 1748 | year = 1975, |
| 1749 | month = jul, |
| 1750 | volume = 10, |
| 1751 | number = 7, |
| 1752 | pages = {16-17}, |
| 1753 | summary = { |
| 1754 | Type definitions should contain the implementation of the type and |
| 1755 | its operations. The grouping makes programs simpler and more |
| 1756 | understandable. Encapsulating the definition aids verification and |
| 1757 | forces a precise specification of the interface. |
| 1758 | } |
| 1759 | } |
| 1760 | |
| 1761 | @article{dtav, |
| 1762 | keywords = {Russell, types}, |
| 1763 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 1764 | author = {James Donahue and Alan Demers}, |
| 1765 | title = {Data Types are Values}, |
| 1766 | journal = toplas, |
| 1767 | month = jul, |
| 1768 | year = 1985, |
| 1769 | volume = 7, |
| 1770 | number = 3, |
| 1771 | pages = {426-445}, |
| 1772 | comment = { |
| 1773 | Data types are sets of operations providing interpretations of |
| 1774 | values from a meaningless, typeless universal value space. Types |
| 1775 | and operations are also contained in this value space. |
| 1776 | |
| 1777 | Functions returning types replace generic types. |
| 1778 | |
| 1779 | Polymorphic functions have type parameters. Evaluation is not |
| 1780 | macro expansion: |
| 1781 | \begin{verbatim} |
| 1782 | R == func [n:val integer; T:type[]] val integer |
| 1783 | {if n > 0 => r[n-1, Array[1,10,T]] # n <= 0 => 17 fi} |
| 1784 | \end{verbatim} |
| 1785 | } |
| 1786 | } |
| 1787 | |
| 1788 | @article{Holt72, |
| 1789 | keywords = {concurrency, deadlock}, |
| 1790 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 1791 | author = {Richard C. Holt}, |
| 1792 | title = {Some Deadlock Properties of Computer Systems}, |
| 1793 | journal = acmcs, |
| 1794 | volume = 4, |
| 1795 | number = 3, |
| 1796 | month = sep, |
| 1797 | year = 1972, |
| 1798 | pages = {179-196}, |
| 1799 | } |
| 1800 | |
| 1801 | @misc{debug-malloc, |
| 1802 | keywords = {memory allocation debugger}, |
| 1803 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 1804 | author = {Conor P. Cahill}, |
| 1805 | title = {debug\_malloc}, |
| 1806 | howpublished= {comp.sources.unix, volume 22, issue 112}, |
| 1807 | abstract = { |
| 1808 | This package is a collection of routines which are a drop-in |
| 1809 | replacement for the malloc(3), memory(3), string(3), and bstring(3) |
| 1810 | library functions. |
| 1811 | } |
| 1812 | } |
| 1813 | |
| 1814 | @book{sml, |
| 1815 | keywords = {}, |
| 1816 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 1817 | author = {Robin Milner and Mads Tofte and Robert Harper}, |
| 1818 | title = {The Definition of Standard {ML}}, |
| 1819 | publisher = {MIT Press}, |
| 1820 | address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts, U.S.A.}, |
| 1821 | year = 1990 |
| 1822 | } |
| 1823 | |
| 1824 | @techreport{sml:old, |
| 1825 | keywords = {}, |
| 1826 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 1827 | author = {Robert Harper and Robin Milner and Mads Tofte}, |
| 1828 | title = {The Definition of Standard {ML}, Version 2}, |
| 1829 | institution = {Department of Computer Science, University of Edinburgh}, |
| 1830 | year = 1988, |
| 1831 | address = {The King's Buildings, Edinburgh EH9 3JZ}, |
| 1832 | type = {LFCS Report Series}, month = aug, number = {ECS-LFCS-88-62} |
| 1833 | } |
| 1834 | |
| 1835 | @inproceedings{Reynolds72, |
| 1836 | keywords = {continuation}, |
| 1837 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 1838 | author = {John Reynolds}, |
| 1839 | title = {Definitional Interpreters for Higher Order Programming Languages}, |
| 1840 | booktitle = {ACM Conference Proceedings}, |
| 1841 | organization= {ACM}, |
| 1842 | year = 1972, |
| 1843 | pages = {717-740} |
| 1844 | } |
| 1845 | |
| 1846 | @article{Buhr16, |
| 1847 | keywords = {Dekker's algorithm, software solution, mutual exclusion, performance experiment}, |
| 1848 | author = {Peter A. Buhr and David Dice and Wim H. Hesselink}, |
| 1849 | title = {Dekker's Mutual Exclusion Algorithm Made RW-Safe}, |
| 1850 | journal = {Concurrency and Computation: Practice and Experience}, |
| 1851 | volume = 28, |
| 1852 | number = 1, |
| 1853 | pages = {144-165}, |
| 1854 | month = jan, |
| 1855 | year = 2016, |
| 1856 | } |
| 1857 | |
| 1858 | @misc{steelman, |
| 1859 | keywords = {Ada}, |
| 1860 | contributer = {gjditchfied@plg}, |
| 1861 | author = {High Order Language Working Group}, |
| 1862 | title = {Department of Defense Requirements for High Order Computer Programming Languages}, |
| 1863 | month = jun, year = 1978, |
| 1864 | note = {Reprinted in \cite{pldesign}.} |
| 1865 | } |
| 1866 | |
| 1867 | @incollection{Tsay98, |
| 1868 | keywords = {local spins, mutual exclusion, read/write atomicity, refinement, scalability}, |
| 1869 | author = {Yih-Kuen Tsay}, |
| 1870 | title = {Deriving a scalable algorithm for mutual exclusion}, |
| 1871 | booktitle = {Distributed Computing}, |
| 1872 | editor = {Shay Kutten}, |
| 1873 | volume = {1499}, |
| 1874 | series = {LNCS}, |
| 1875 | publisher = {Springer}, |
| 1876 | address = {Berlin Heidelberg}, |
| 1877 | year = {1998}, |
| 1878 | pages = {393-407}, |
| 1879 | } |
| 1880 | |
| 1881 | @article{Conway63, |
| 1882 | keywords = {coroutine, original}, |
| 1883 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 1884 | author = {Melvin E. Conway}, |
| 1885 | title = {Design of a Separable Transition-Diagram Compiler}, |
| 1886 | journal = cacm, |
| 1887 | month = jul, |
| 1888 | year = 1963, |
| 1889 | volume = 6, |
| 1890 | number = 7, |
| 1891 | pages = {396-408}, |
| 1892 | } |
| 1893 | |
| 1894 | @book{Stroustrup94, |
| 1895 | keywords = {C++}, |
| 1896 | contributor = {wyrmok@plg}, |
| 1897 | author = {Bjarne Stroustrup}, |
| 1898 | title = {The Design and Evolution of {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}}, |
| 1899 | publisher = {Addison-Wesley}, |
| 1900 | year = 1994 |
| 1901 | } |
| 1902 | |
| 1903 | @inproceedings{st:concurrent, |
| 1904 | keywords = {concurrency, Smalltalk, futures}, |
| 1905 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 1906 | author = {Yasuhiko Yokote and Mario Tokoro}, |
| 1907 | title = {The Design and Implementation of {ConcurrentSmalltalk}}, |
| 1908 | crossref = "OOPSLA86", |
| 1909 | pages = {331-340}, |
| 1910 | comment = { |
| 1911 | Objects are ordinary Smalltalk objects or ``atomic'' objects, which |
| 1912 | process messages one at a time in FIFO order. Asynchronous method |
| 1913 | calls are made by appending ``\&'' at the call site. The sender does |
| 1914 | not wait for a reply. If the method returns a value, it |
| 1915 | (immediately?) returns a CBox object, which is like a future. The |
| 1916 | sender can send the ``receive'' message to the CBox, which blocks |
| 1917 | until the CBox contains a value. |
| 1918 | |
| 1919 | A method can execute the ``\verb|^|'' statement to return an object |
| 1920 | and terminate, or it can execute ``\verb|^^|'' to return an object |
| 1921 | and continue execution. If ``\verb|^^foo|'' is executed after |
| 1922 | ``\verb|^^bar|'', foo is discarded, since bar has already been |
| 1923 | returned. |
| 1924 | |
| 1925 | The article does not say whether asynchronous messages can be sent |
| 1926 | to ordinary objects, or whether ordinary messages can be sent to |
| 1927 | atomic objects. |
| 1928 | } |
| 1929 | } |
| 1930 | |
| 1931 | @inproceedings{Ichbiah83, |
| 1932 | keywords = {Ada, packages, generics}, |
| 1933 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 1934 | author = {Jean D. Ichbiah}, |
| 1935 | title = {On the Design of {Ada}}, |
| 1936 | booktitle = {Information Processing 83}, |
| 1937 | year = 1983, |
| 1938 | month = sep, pages = {1-10}, |
| 1939 | editor = {R. E. A. Mason}, |
| 1940 | organization= {IFIP}, |
| 1941 | publisher = {North-Holland}, |
| 1942 | summary = { |
| 1943 | Packages group related declarations or subprograms, and encapsulate |
| 1944 | data types. Separate interfaces and bodies promotes information |
| 1945 | hiding by removing the need to scan the body, allows the body to be |
| 1946 | confidential, and provides a better specification of the contract |
| 1947 | between client and implementor. Generics are an efficient way to |
| 1948 | factor out parts of similar definitions. |
| 1949 | } |
| 1950 | } |
| 1951 | |
| 1952 | @book{Motet96, |
| 1953 | keywords = {Ada, exception handling}, |
| 1954 | contributer = {wyrmok@plg}, |
| 1955 | author = {G. Motet and A. Mapinard and J. C. Geoffroy}, |
| 1956 | title = {Design of Dependable {A}da Software}, |
| 1957 | publisher = {Prentice Hall}, |
| 1958 | year = 1996, |
| 1959 | } |
| 1960 | |
| 1961 | @article{Richardson93, |
| 1962 | keywords = {C++, persistence, database}, |
| 1963 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 1964 | author = {Joel E. Richardson and Michael J. Carey and Daniel T. Schuh}, |
| 1965 | title = {The Design of the {E} Programming Language}, |
| 1966 | journal = toplas, |
| 1967 | month = jul, |
| 1968 | year = 1993, |
| 1969 | volume = 15, |
| 1970 | number = 3, |
| 1971 | pages = {494-534}, |
| 1972 | } |
| 1973 | |
| 1974 | @article{Hansen81b, |
| 1975 | keywords = {concurrency, monitor, critical region}, |
| 1976 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 1977 | author = {Per {Brinch Hansen}}, |
| 1978 | title = {The Design of {E}dison}, |
| 1979 | journal = spe, |
| 1980 | volume = 11, |
| 1981 | number = 4, |
| 1982 | month = apr, |
| 1983 | year = 1981, |
| 1984 | pages = {363-396}, |
| 1985 | } |
| 1986 | |
| 1987 | @book{Gamma95, |
| 1988 | keywords = {design patterns}, |
| 1989 | author = {Erich Gamma and Richard Helm and Ralph Johnson and John Vlissides}, |
| 1990 | title = {Design Patterns: Elements of Reusable Object-Oriented Software}, |
| 1991 | publisher = {Addison-Wesley}, |
| 1992 | year = 1995, |
| 1993 | series = {Professional Computing Series}, |
| 1994 | } |
| 1995 | |
| 1996 | @inproceedings{Wirth74, |
| 1997 | keywords = {}, |
| 1998 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 1999 | author = {Niklaus Wirth}, |
| 2000 | title = {On the Design of Programming Languages}, |
| 2001 | booktitle = {Information Processing 74}, |
| 2002 | year = 1974, |
| 2003 | pages = {386-393}, |
| 2004 | publisher = {North Holland Publishing Company}, |
| 2005 | note = {Reprinted in \cite{pldesign}.} |
| 2006 | } |
| 2007 | |
| 2008 | @techreport{forceone, |
| 2009 | keywords = {Parametric polymorphism, ForceOne}, |
| 2010 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 2011 | author = {Andrew K. Wright}, |
| 2012 | title = {Design of the Programming Language {ForceOne}}, |
| 2013 | institution = {University of Waterloo}, |
| 2014 | month = feb, year = 1987, |
| 2015 | number = {CS-87-10} |
| 2016 | } |
| 2017 | |
| 2018 | @techreport{x-2, |
| 2019 | keywords = {object based}, |
| 2020 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 2021 | author = {David W. Sandberg}, |
| 2022 | title = {The Design of the Programming Language {X-2}}, |
| 2023 | institution = {Oregon State University}, |
| 2024 | year = 1985, |
| 2025 | address = {Department of Computer Science, Corvallis, Oregon, 97331}, |
| 2026 | number = {85-60-1} |
| 2027 | } |
| 2028 | |
| 2029 | @article{design, |
| 2030 | keywords = {Smalltalk, designing classes}, |
| 2031 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 2032 | author = {Ralph E. Johnson and Brian Foote}, |
| 2033 | title = {Designing Reusable Classes}, |
| 2034 | journal = {Journal of Object-Oriented Programming}, |
| 2035 | year = 1988, |
| 2036 | volume = 1, number = 2, pages = {22-35}, |
| 2037 | comment = { |
| 2038 | Abstract classes represent standard protocols. ``It is better to |
| 2039 | inherit from an abstract class than from a concrete class''. |
| 2040 | Frameworks are collections of related abstract classes. Successful |
| 2041 | abstractions are discovered, not designed. |
| 2042 | |
| 2043 | Protocols: ``If an operation X is implemented by performing a |
| 2044 | similar operation on the components of the receiver, then that |
| 2045 | operation should also be named X''. Eliminate case analysis by |
| 2046 | creating classes with the same operations. Create classes to |
| 2047 | represent bundles of parameters. Shrink methods larger than 30 |
| 2048 | lines. |
| 2049 | |
| 2050 | Hierarchies should be deep and narrow. Subclasses should be |
| 2051 | specializations. |
| 2052 | |
| 2053 | Frameworks: split large classes. Factor implementation differences |
| 2054 | into subcomponents. Separate methods that do not share instance |
| 2055 | variables into components that reflect the different views of the |
| 2056 | object. Send messages to components, not self. Reduce implicit |
| 2057 | parameter passing through instance variables. |
| 2058 | } |
| 2059 | } |
| 2060 | |
| 2061 | @article{dim:c++, |
| 2062 | keywords = {Dimensional Analysis, C++}, |
| 2063 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 2064 | author = {Robert F. Cmelic and Narain Gehani}, |
| 2065 | title = {Dimensional Analysis with {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}}, |
| 2066 | journal = {IEEE Software}, |
| 2067 | month = may, year = 1988, |
| 2068 | volume = 5, number = 3, pages = {21-29} |
| 2069 | } |
| 2070 | |
| 2071 | @article{Wegner87, |
| 2072 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 2073 | author = {Peter Wegner}, |
| 2074 | title = {Dimensions of Object--Based Language Design}, |
| 2075 | journal = sigplan, |
| 2076 | volume = 22, |
| 2077 | number = 12, |
| 2078 | month = dec, |
| 2079 | year = 1987, |
| 2080 | pages = {168-182}, |
| 2081 | note = {Proceedings of the OOPSLA'87 Conference, Oct. 4--8, 1987, Orlando, Florida}, |
| 2082 | } |
| 2083 | |
| 2084 | @book{Dijkstra76, |
| 2085 | keywords = {concurrent assignment}, |
| 2086 | author = {E. W. Dijkstra}, |
| 2087 | title = {A Discipline of Programming}, |
| 2088 | publisher = {Prentice-Hall}, |
| 2089 | year = 1976, |
| 2090 | } |
| 2091 | |
| 2092 | @book{Lynch96, |
| 2093 | keywords = {distributed algorithms}, |
| 2094 | author = {Nancy A. Lynch}, |
| 2095 | title = {Distributed Algorithms}, |
| 2096 | publisher = {Morgan Kaufmann}, |
| 2097 | year = 1996, |
| 2098 | } |
| 2099 | |
| 2100 | @book{Tanenbaum02, |
| 2101 | keywords = {distributed programming}, |
| 2102 | author = {Andrew S. Tanenbaum and Maarten van Steen}, |
| 2103 | title = {Distributed Systems: Principles and Paradigms}, |
| 2104 | publisher = {Prentice-Hall}, |
| 2105 | year = 2002, |
| 2106 | } |
| 2107 | |
| 2108 | @inproceedings{Cargill90, |
| 2109 | keywords = {concurrency}, |
| 2110 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 2111 | author = {Tom A. Cargill}, |
| 2112 | title = {Does {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Really Need Multiple Inheritance?}, |
| 2113 | booktitle = {USENIX {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Conference Proceedings}, |
| 2114 | organization= {USENIX Association}, |
| 2115 | address = {San Francisco, California, U.S.A.}, |
| 2116 | month = apr, |
| 2117 | year = 1990, |
| 2118 | pages = {315-323} |
| 2119 | } |
| 2120 | |
| 2121 | @unpublished{Duff83, |
| 2122 | keywords = {C, switch statement, control flow}, |
| 2123 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 2124 | author = {Tom Duff}, |
| 2125 | title = {Duff's Device}, |
| 2126 | month = nov, |
| 2127 | year = 1983, |
| 2128 | note = {\href{http://www.lysator.liu.se/c/duffs-device.html}{http://\-www.lysator.liu.se/\-c/\-duffs-device.html}} |
| 2129 | } |
| 2130 | |
| 2131 | @manual{dwarf2, |
| 2132 | keywords = {Debugging DWARF2 specification}, |
| 2133 | contributer = {rkrische@plg}, |
| 2134 | title = {DWARF Debugging Information Format}, |
| 2135 | organization= {Unix International Programming Languages SIG}, |
| 2136 | publisher = {Unix International}, |
| 2137 | address = {Waterview Corporate Center, 20 Waterview Boulevard, Parsippany, NJ 07054}, |
| 2138 | year = {1993} |
| 2139 | } |
| 2140 | |
| 2141 | @article{classicada, |
| 2142 | keywords = {Classic Ada}, |
| 2143 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 2144 | author = {Cameron M. Donaldson}, |
| 2145 | title = {Dynamic Binding and Inheritance in an Object-Oriented {Ada} Design}, |
| 2146 | journal = {Journal of Pascal, {Ada} \& Modula-2}, |
| 2147 | year = 1990, |
| 2148 | month = {jul/aug}, volume = 9, number = 4, pages = {12-19}, |
| 2149 | comment = { |
| 2150 | Classes are like packages: they can contain subprograms, types, |
| 2151 | variables, generic instantiations, and exceptions. They can also |
| 2152 | contain class methods, instance methods, and instance variables, |
| 2153 | and define creation and initialization subprograms or methods for |
| 2154 | instances. Single inheritance provides inheritance of |
| 2155 | implementations. Dynamic binding is done with a {\em send} |
| 2156 | statement that invokes a class or instance method. A preprocessor |
| 2157 | converts Classic Ada to normal Ada. |
| 2158 | } |
| 2159 | } |
| 2160 | |
| 2161 | @article{Costanza03, |
| 2162 | keywords = {dynamic call}, |
| 2163 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 2164 | author = {Pascal Costanza}, |
| 2165 | title = {Dynamic Scoped Functions as the Essence of {AOP}}, |
| 2166 | journal = sigplan, |
| 2167 | volume = 38, |
| 2168 | number = 8, |
| 2169 | month = aug, |
| 2170 | year = 2003, |
| 2171 | pages = {29-35}, |
| 2172 | } |
| 2173 | |
| 2174 | % E |
| 2175 | |
| 2176 | @inproceedings{Wegbreit71, |
| 2177 | keywords = {polymorphism}, |
| 2178 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 2179 | author = {B. Wegbreit}, |
| 2180 | title = {The ECL Programming System}, |
| 2181 | booktitle = {Proceedings of AFIPS 1971 FJCC}, |
| 2182 | publisher = {AFIPS Press, vol. 39}, |
| 2183 | address = {Montvale, New Jersey, U.S.A}, |
| 2184 | year = 1971, |
| 2185 | pages = {253-262}, |
| 2186 | } |
| 2187 | |
| 2188 | @manual{JavaScript, |
| 2189 | keywords = {JavaScript}, |
| 2190 | contributer = {pabuhr}, |
| 2191 | title = {ECMAScript 2015 Language Specification {JavaScript}}, |
| 2192 | organization= {ECAM International}, |
| 2193 | address = {Rue du Rhone 114, CH-1204 Geneva, Switzerland}, |
| 2194 | month = jun, |
| 2195 | year = 2015, |
| 2196 | note = {6th Edition} |
| 2197 | } |
| 2198 | |
| 2199 | @inproceedings{Peterson77, |
| 2200 | keywords = {N-thread software-solution mutual exclusion}, |
| 2201 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 2202 | author = {Gary L. Peterson and Michael J. Fischer}, |
| 2203 | title = {Economical Solutions for the Critical Section Problem in a Distributed System (Extended Abstract)}, |
| 2204 | booktitle = {Proceedings of the Ninth Annual ACM Symposium on Theory of Computing}, |
| 2205 | series = {STOC '77}, |
| 2206 | year = 1977, |
| 2207 | location = {Boulder, Colorado, USA}, |
| 2208 | pages = {91--97}, |
| 2209 | numpages = {7}, |
| 2210 | publisher = {ACM}, |
| 2211 | address = {New York, NY, USA}, |
| 2212 | } |
| 2213 | |
| 2214 | @article{Hansen81a, |
| 2215 | keywords = {concurrency, monitor, critical region}, |
| 2216 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 2217 | author = {Per {Brinch Hansen}}, |
| 2218 | title = {{E}dison---a Multiprocessor Language}, |
| 2219 | journal = spe, |
| 2220 | volume = 11, |
| 2221 | number = 4, |
| 2222 | month = apr, |
| 2223 | year = {1981}, |
| 2224 | pages = {325-361}, |
| 2225 | } |
| 2226 | |
| 2227 | @book{Eiffel, |
| 2228 | keywords = {Eiffel}, |
| 2229 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 2230 | author = {Bertrand Meyer}, |
| 2231 | title = {Eiffel: The Language}, |
| 2232 | publisher = {Prentice-Hall}, |
| 2233 | year = 1992, |
| 2234 | series = {Prentice Hall Object-Oriented Series}, |
| 2235 | } |
| 2236 | |
| 2237 | @article{WS:overload, |
| 2238 | keywords = {compilation}, |
| 2239 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 2240 | author = {Peter J. L. Wallis and Bernhard W. Silverman}, |
| 2241 | title = {Efficient Implementation of the {Ada} Overloading Rules}, |
| 2242 | journal = ipl, |
| 2243 | year = 1980, |
| 2244 | month = apr, volume = 10, number = 3, pages = {120-123}, |
| 2245 | comment = { |
| 2246 | The ``two-pass'' algorithm. An upward pass over a parse tree |
| 2247 | calculates the set of possible result types of operators. The |
| 2248 | root must have exactly one type, produced in one way. A |
| 2249 | downward pass selects the version of the operator that produces the |
| 2250 | desired result type, thus setting the result types of subtrees. |
| 2251 | See \cite{D:overload}. |
| 2252 | } |
| 2253 | } |
| 2254 | |
| 2255 | @techreport{Habermann80, |
| 2256 | keywords = {Ada, threads}, |
| 2257 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 2258 | author = {A. N. Habermann and I. R. Nassi}, |
| 2259 | title = {Efficient Implementation of {Ada} Tasks}, |
| 2260 | institution = {Carnegie-Mellon University}, |
| 2261 | number = {CMU-CS-80-103}, |
| 2262 | year = 1980 |
| 2263 | } |
| 2264 | |
| 2265 | @article{Emerald, |
| 2266 | keywords = {concurrency, polymorphism}, |
| 2267 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 2268 | author = {Rajendra K. Raj and Ewan Tempero and Henry M. Levy and Andrew P. Black and Norman C. Hutchinson and Eric Jul}, |
| 2269 | title = {Emerald: A General-Purpose Programming Language}, |
| 2270 | journal = spe, |
| 2271 | month = jan, |
| 2272 | year = 1991, |
| 2273 | volume = 21, |
| 2274 | number = 1, |
| 2275 | pages = {91-118} |
| 2276 | } |
| 2277 | |
| 2278 | @InProceedings{chambers89a, |
| 2279 | keywords = {maps, delegation}, |
| 2280 | author = "Craig Chambers and David Ungar and Elgin Lee", |
| 2281 | title = "An Efficient Implementation of {SELF}, a Dynamically-Typed |
| 2282 | Object-Oriented Language Based on Prototypes", |
| 2283 | crossref = "OOPSLA89", |
| 2284 | pages = {49-70} |
| 2285 | } |
| 2286 | |
| 2287 | @article{oop:encapsulation, |
| 2288 | keywords = {Encapsulation, Inheritance, Subclasses, Multiple Inheritance}, |
| 2289 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 2290 | author = {Alan Snyder}, |
| 2291 | title = {Encapsulation and Inheritance in Object-Oriented Programming |
| 2292 | Languages}, |
| 2293 | journal = sigplan, |
| 2294 | volume = {21}, number = {11}, |
| 2295 | pages = {38-45}, |
| 2296 | month = nov, year = 1986, |
| 2297 | comment = { |
| 2298 | Client, child interfaces should be distinct. Child interface |
| 2299 | shouldn't grant total access to parent. |
| 2300 | |
| 2301 | Rules for redefining parent variable name in a child affect |
| 2302 | re-implementation of the parent. |
| 2303 | |
| 2304 | Inheritance can be a promise to obey the semantics of the parent, |
| 2305 | or code reuse; the two may be contradictory. Unification |
| 2306 | exposes use of inheritance: a child can not be re-implemented |
| 2307 | without breaking code that assumes that it is a subclass of the |
| 2308 | original parent. If a class uses the names of its parents' |
| 2309 | ancestors, then inheritance is part of the parent's child |
| 2310 | interface. |
| 2311 | |
| 2312 | Linearizing a multiple inheritance tree means that a class's use of |
| 2313 | calls on super need to be understood before it is used as a parent. |
| 2314 | Merging repeated ancestors exposes inheritance if an ancestor is |
| 2315 | re-implemented. Forbidding inheritance of distinct methods with |
| 2316 | the same name exposes implementation of ancestors. Proposed |
| 2317 | solution treats the set of ancestors as a tree. |
| 2318 | } |
| 2319 | } |
| 2320 | |
| 2321 | @article{st:encapsulator, |
| 2322 | keywords = {encapsulator, Smalltalk, monitor}, |
| 2323 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 2324 | author = {Geoffrey A. Pascoe}, |
| 2325 | title = {Encapsulators: A New Software Paradigm in Smalltalk-80}, |
| 2326 | journal = sigplan, |
| 2327 | volume = {21}, number = {11}, |
| 2328 | pages = {341-346}, |
| 2329 | month = nov, year = 1986, |
| 2330 | comment = { |
| 2331 | Encapsulators are objects that surround other objects. |
| 2332 | Pre- and post-actions are performed when messages are sent to the |
| 2333 | encapsulated object. They are created here by sending the message |
| 2334 | object: to an encapsulator class. Examples given are monitors, |
| 2335 | atomic objects, and Model (for model-view-controller interfaces). |
| 2336 | |
| 2337 | Encapsulator classes use a family of selectors that the |
| 2338 | encapsulated object will not respond to. Messages for the |
| 2339 | encapsulated object are passed on by trapping them with the |
| 2340 | doesNotUnderstand method. Various fiddles were needed when setting |
| 2341 | up the class and metaclass hierarchies. A few selectors (==, |
| 2342 | class) always directly invoke primitive methods; they can't be |
| 2343 | used. |
| 2344 | |
| 2345 | Can an encapsulated object be an encapsulator? Probably, but the |
| 2346 | middle object's selectors are inaccessible. |
| 2347 | } |
| 2348 | } |
| 2349 | |
| 2350 | @manual{EPT, |
| 2351 | keywords = {concurrency, light-weight threads}, |
| 2352 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 2353 | key = {Encore}, |
| 2354 | title = {Encore Parallel Thread Manual, 724-06210}, |
| 2355 | organization= {Encore Computer Corporation}, |
| 2356 | month = may, |
| 2357 | year = 1988, |
| 2358 | } |
| 2359 | |
| 2360 | @manual{Erlang, |
| 2361 | keywords = {Erlang}, |
| 2362 | contributer = {pabuhr}, |
| 2363 | title = {Erlang Reference Manual User's Guide, Vertion 7.0}, |
| 2364 | organization= {Erlang/OTP System Documentation}, |
| 2365 | address = {1430 Broadway, New York, New York 10018}, |
| 2366 | month = jun, |
| 2367 | year = 2015, |
| 2368 | note = {\href{http://www.erlang.org/doc/pdf/otp-system-documentation.pdf}{\textsf{http://www.erlang.org/\-doc/\-pdf/\-otp-system-documentation.pdf}}}, |
| 2369 | } |
| 2370 | |
| 2371 | @inproceedings{MH88, |
| 2372 | keywords = {modules, general sums, general products}, |
| 2373 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 2374 | author = {John C. Mitchell and Robert Harper}, |
| 2375 | title = {The Essence of {ML}}, |
| 2376 | booktitle = popl, |
| 2377 | year = 1988, |
| 2378 | pages = {28-46} |
| 2379 | } |
| 2380 | |
| 2381 | @book{LeVerrand, |
| 2382 | keywords = {}, |
| 2383 | author = {D. Le Verrand}, |
| 2384 | title = {Evaluating {Ada}}, |
| 2385 | publisher = {North Oxford Academic}, |
| 2386 | year = 1985 |
| 2387 | } |
| 2388 | |
| 2389 | @inproceedings{Bloom79, |
| 2390 | keywords = {concurrency}, |
| 2391 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 2392 | author = {Toby Bloom}, |
| 2393 | title = {Evaluating Synchronization Mechanisms}, |
| 2394 | booktitle = {Proceedings of the Seventh Symposium on Operating Systems Principles}, |
| 2395 | organization= {ACM SIGOPS}, |
| 2396 | address = {Pacific Grove, California, U.S.A}, |
| 2397 | month = dec, |
| 2398 | year = 1979, |
| 2399 | pages = {24-32} |
| 2400 | } |
| 2401 | |
| 2402 | @article{Buhr06a, |
| 2403 | keywords = {concurrency, C++, uC++}, |
| 2404 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 2405 | author = {Peter A. Buhr and Richard C. Bilson}, |
| 2406 | title = {Examining $\mu${C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} : |
| 2407 | High-level Object-Oriented Concurrency in {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}}, |
| 2408 | journal = {Dr. Dobb's Journal : Software Tools for the Professional Programmer}, |
| 2409 | month = feb, |
| 2410 | year = 2006, |
| 2411 | volume = 31, |
| 2412 | number = 2, |
| 2413 | pages = {36-40}, |
| 2414 | } |
| 2415 | |
| 2416 | @article{ExceptionalC, |
| 2417 | keywords = {exception handling, asynchronous events}, |
| 2418 | contributer = {wyrmok@plg}, |
| 2419 | author = {N. H. Gehani}, |
| 2420 | title = {Exceptional {C} or {C} with Exceptions}, |
| 2421 | journal = spe, |
| 2422 | year = 1992, |
| 2423 | month = oct, |
| 2424 | volume = 22, |
| 2425 | number = 10, |
| 2426 | pages = {827-848}, |
| 2427 | comment = { |
| 2428 | It is the most extensive exceptional handling mechanism thus |
| 2429 | far. Though it doesn't have Mesa resumption, it has |
| 2430 | asynchronous signal which is more general and abstract than |
| 2431 | the unix signal mechanism. It has an Eiffel like retry |
| 2432 | mechanism. Consequently, the scope of guarded region is not |
| 2433 | immediately terminated when an exception is raised. In fact, |
| 2434 | an exception handler creates a scope under its guarded |
| 2435 | region. |
| 2436 | } |
| 2437 | } |
| 2438 | |
| 2439 | @incollection{Buhr02, |
| 2440 | keywords = {exception handling}, |
| 2441 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 2442 | author = {Peter A. Buhr and Ashif Harji and W. Y. Russell Mok}, |
| 2443 | title = {Exception Handling}, |
| 2444 | editor = {Marvin V. Zelkowitz}, |
| 2445 | booktitle = {Advances in COMPUTERS}, |
| 2446 | publisher = {Academic Press}, |
| 2447 | volume = 56, |
| 2448 | year = 2002, |
| 2449 | pages = {245-303}, |
| 2450 | } |
| 2451 | |
| 2452 | @article{Cargill94, |
| 2453 | keywords = {exception handling}, |
| 2454 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 2455 | author = {Tom Cargill}, |
| 2456 | title = {Exception Handling: a False Sense of Security}, |
| 2457 | journal = {{C}{\kern-.2em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.2em+}}} Report}, |
| 2458 | year = 1994, |
| 2459 | month = nov, |
| 2460 | volume = 6, |
| 2461 | number = 9, |
| 2462 | note = {http://www.informit.com/\-content/\-images/\-020163371x/\-supplements/\-Exception\_\-Handling\_\-Article.\-html} |
| 2463 | } |
| 2464 | |
| 2465 | @article{Knudsen84, |
| 2466 | keywords = {static exception handling, BETA, sequel}, |
| 2467 | contributer = {wyrmok@plg}, |
| 2468 | author = {J{\o}rgen Lindskov Knudsen}, |
| 2469 | title = {Exception Handling --- A Static Approach}, |
| 2470 | journal = spe, |
| 2471 | year = 1984, |
| 2472 | month = may, |
| 2473 | volume = 14, |
| 2474 | number = 5, |
| 2475 | pages = {429-449}, |
| 2476 | } |
| 2477 | |
| 2478 | @article{Drew94, |
| 2479 | keywords = {exceptions, exception handling}, |
| 2480 | contributer = {wyrmok@plg}, |
| 2481 | author = {Steven J. Drew and K. John Gough}, |
| 2482 | title = {Exception Handling: Expecting the Unexpected}, |
| 2483 | journal = {Computer Languages}, |
| 2484 | year = 1994, |
| 2485 | month = may, |
| 2486 | volume = 20, |
| 2487 | number = 2, |
| 2488 | comment = { |
| 2489 | A recent and good survey on various exception handling mechanisms found |
| 2490 | in imperative programming languages. It classifies various mechanism in |
| 2491 | terms of flow control and scopes. Asynchronous exceptions and signals |
| 2492 | are also covered as Exceptional C is in the survey. |
| 2493 | } |
| 2494 | } |
| 2495 | |
| 2496 | @article{Koenig90, |
| 2497 | keywords = {exception handling}, |
| 2498 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 2499 | author = {Andrew Koenig and Bjarne Stroustrup}, |
| 2500 | title = {Exception Handling for {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}}, |
| 2501 | journal = joop, |
| 2502 | month = {July/August}, |
| 2503 | year = 1990, |
| 2504 | volume = 3, |
| 2505 | number = 2, |
| 2506 | pages = {16-33}, |
| 2507 | } |
| 2508 | |
| 2509 | @article{Lee83, |
| 2510 | keywords = {exception handling, C}, |
| 2511 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 2512 | author = {P. A. Lee}, |
| 2513 | title = {Exception Handling in {C} Programs}, |
| 2514 | journal = spe, |
| 2515 | volume = 13, |
| 2516 | number = 5, |
| 2517 | month = may, |
| 2518 | year = 1983, |
| 2519 | pages = {389-405}, |
| 2520 | } |
| 2521 | |
| 2522 | @article{Liskov79, |
| 2523 | keywords = {exception handling}, |
| 2524 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 2525 | author = {Barbara H. Liskov and Alan Snyder}, |
| 2526 | title = {Exception Handling in {CLU}}, |
| 2527 | journal = ieeese, |
| 2528 | month = nov, |
| 2529 | year = 1979, |
| 2530 | volume = {SE-5}, |
| 2531 | number = 6, |
| 2532 | pages = {546-558}, |
| 2533 | } |
| 2534 | |
| 2535 | @article{Szalas85, |
| 2536 | keywords = {concurrency, C++}, |
| 2537 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 2538 | author = {Andrzej Szalas and Danuta Szczepanska}, |
| 2539 | title = {Exception Handling in Parallel Computations}, |
| 2540 | journal = sigplan, |
| 2541 | volume = 20, |
| 2542 | number = 10, |
| 2543 | month = oct, |
| 2544 | year = 1985, |
| 2545 | issn = {0362-1340}, |
| 2546 | pages = {95-104}, |
| 2547 | url = {http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/382286.382385}, |
| 2548 | doi = {http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/382286.382385}, |
| 2549 | acmid = {382385}, |
| 2550 | publisher = {ACM}, |
| 2551 | address = {New York, NY, USA}, |
| 2552 | } |
| 2553 | |
| 2554 | @article{MacLaren77, |
| 2555 | keywords = {exception handling, PL/I}, |
| 2556 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 2557 | author = {M. Donald MacLaren}, |
| 2558 | title = {Exception Handling in {PL/I}}, |
| 2559 | journal = sigplan, |
| 2560 | volume = 12, |
| 2561 | number = 3, |
| 2562 | month = mar, |
| 2563 | year = 1977, |
| 2564 | pages = {101-104}, |
| 2565 | note = {Proceedings of an ACM Conference on Language Design for Reliable Software, |
| 2566 | March 28--30, 1977, Raleigh, North Carolina, U.S.A.}, |
| 2567 | } |
| 2568 | |
| 2569 | @article{Goodenough75, |
| 2570 | keywords = {exception handling}, |
| 2571 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 2572 | author = {J. B. Goodenough}, |
| 2573 | title = {Exception Handling: Issues and a Proposed Notation}, |
| 2574 | journal = cacm, |
| 2575 | month = dec, |
| 2576 | year = 1975, |
| 2577 | volume = 18, |
| 2578 | number = 12, |
| 2579 | pages = {683-696}, |
| 2580 | } |
| 2581 | |
| 2582 | @article{Lampson80, |
| 2583 | keywords = {monitors}, |
| 2584 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 2585 | author = {B. W. Lampson and D. D. Redell}, |
| 2586 | title = {Experience with Processes and Monitors in Mesa}, |
| 2587 | journal = cacm, |
| 2588 | volume = 23, |
| 2589 | number = 2, |
| 2590 | month = feb, |
| 2591 | year = 1980, |
| 2592 | pages = {105-117}, |
| 2593 | } |
| 2594 | |
| 2595 | @inproceedings{Shopiro87, |
| 2596 | keywords = {concurrency}, |
| 2597 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 2598 | author = {Jonathan E. Shopiro}, |
| 2599 | title = {Extending the {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Task System for Real-Time Control}, |
| 2600 | booktitle = {Proceedings and Additional Papers {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Workshop}, |
| 2601 | organization= {USENIX Association}, |
| 2602 | address = {Santa Fe, New Mexico, U.S.A}, |
| 2603 | month = nov, |
| 2604 | year = 1987, |
| 2605 | pages = {77-94} |
| 2606 | } |
| 2607 | |
| 2608 | @article{Modula-2+, |
| 2609 | keywords = {Modula-2, exceptions, garbage collection, concurrency}, |
| 2610 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 2611 | author = {Paul Rovner}, |
| 2612 | title = {Extending Modula-2 to Build Large, Integrated Systems}, |
| 2613 | journal = {IEEE Software}, |
| 2614 | month = nov, year = 1986, |
| 2615 | volume = 3, number = 6, pages = {46-57}, |
| 2616 | comment = { |
| 2617 | Exceptions can have a parameter. Procedures can declare the |
| 2618 | exceptions they can propagate; others are converted to {\tt |
| 2619 | SYSTEM.Fail}. If they don't, all exceptions propagate. |
| 2620 | Block cleanup statements execute no matter how control leaves the |
| 2621 | block. |
| 2622 | |
| 2623 | {\tt REF t} is a garbage-collected pointer. A {\tt REFANY} can be |
| 2624 | assigned any {\tt REF t}. Open array types can be used in |
| 2625 | parameter and {\tt REF} types. {\tt NEW} creates arrays of fixed, |
| 2626 | dynamically determined size. |
| 2627 | |
| 2628 | The {\tt THREAD} module provides lightweight processes, semaphores, |
| 2629 | and conditions. A statement {\tt LOCK {\em semaphore} DO |
| 2630 | {\em statements} END} is built in. |
| 2631 | |
| 2632 | {\tt SAFE} modules do run-time checks, and only import {\tt |
| 2633 | SAFE} modules. One implementation module can implement several |
| 2634 | definition modules. Opaque type implementations can be |
| 2635 | repeated in modules that import its definition, so implementation |
| 2636 | modules can collaborate. The linker checks that all |
| 2637 | implementations are the same. |
| 2638 | } |
| 2639 | } |
| 2640 | |
| 2641 | @inproceedings{BNRPascal, |
| 2642 | keywords = {concurrency, rendezvous}, |
| 2643 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 2644 | author = {R. Kamel and N. Gammage}, |
| 2645 | title = {Experience with Rendezvous}, |
| 2646 | booktitle = {Proceedings of the 1988 International Conference on Computer Languages}, |
| 2647 | month = oct, |
| 2648 | year = 1988, |
| 2649 | pages = {143-149} |
| 2650 | } |
| 2651 | |
| 2652 | % F |
| 2653 | |
| 2654 | @inproceedings{Knudsen01, |
| 2655 | keywords = {Beta, exception handling}, |
| 2656 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 2657 | author = {J{\o}rgen Lindskov Knudsen}, |
| 2658 | title = {Fault Tolerance and Exception Handling in {BETA}}, |
| 2659 | booktitle = {Exception Handling}, |
| 2660 | publisher = {Springer-Verlag}, |
| 2661 | volume = 2022, |
| 2662 | series = {Lecture Notes in Computer Science}, |
| 2663 | year = 2001, |
| 2664 | pages = {1-17} |
| 2665 | } |
| 2666 | |
| 2667 | @article{Lamport87, |
| 2668 | keywords = {software solutions, mutual exclusion, fast}, |
| 2669 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 2670 | author = {Leslie Lamport}, |
| 2671 | title = {A Fast Mutual Exclusion Algorithm}, |
| 2672 | journal = tocs, |
| 2673 | volume = 5, |
| 2674 | number = 1, |
| 2675 | month = jan, |
| 2676 | year = {1987}, |
| 2677 | pages = {1--11}, |
| 2678 | publisher = {ACM}, |
| 2679 | address = {New York, NY, USA}, |
| 2680 | } |
| 2681 | |
| 2682 | @inproceedings{F-bound, |
| 2683 | keywords = {}, |
| 2684 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 2685 | author = {Peter Canning and William Cook and Walter Hill and Walter Olthoff and John C. Mitchell}, |
| 2686 | title = {F-Bounded Polymorphism for Object-Oriented Programming}, |
| 2687 | booktitle = {Fourth International Conference on Functional Programming Languages and Computer Architecture}, |
| 2688 | year = 1989, |
| 2689 | month = sep, |
| 2690 | pages = {273-280} |
| 2691 | } |
| 2692 | |
| 2693 | @mastersthesis{Wasik08, |
| 2694 | author = {Ayelet Wasik}, |
| 2695 | title = {Features of a Multi-Threaded Memory Allocator}, |
| 2696 | school = {University of Waterloo}, |
| 2697 | year = 2008, |
| 2698 | month = jan, |
| 2699 | address = {Waterloo, Ontario, Canada, N2L 3G1}, |
| 2700 | note = {\textsf{http://uwspace.uwaterloo.ca/\-bitstream/\-10012/\-3501/\-1/\-Thesis.pdf}}, |
| 2701 | } |
| 2702 | |
| 2703 | @article{Holzmann94, |
| 2704 | keywords = {semaphore, flags}, |
| 2705 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 2706 | author = {Gerard J. Holzmann and Bj\"{o}rn Pehrson}, |
| 2707 | title = {The First Data Networks}, |
| 2708 | journal = {Scientific American}, |
| 2709 | month = jan, |
| 2710 | year = 1994, |
| 2711 | volume = 12, |
| 2712 | number = 1, |
| 2713 | pages = {124-129}, |
| 2714 | } |
| 2715 | |
| 2716 | @article{Bohm66, |
| 2717 | keywords = {goto, structured programming}, |
| 2718 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 2719 | author = {C. B\"{o}hm and G. Jacopini}, |
| 2720 | title = {Flow diagrams, Turing Machines and Languages with only two Formation Rules}, |
| 2721 | journal = cacm, |
| 2722 | month = may, |
| 2723 | year = 1966, |
| 2724 | volume = 9, |
| 2725 | number = 5, |
| 2726 | pages = {366-371}, |
| 2727 | } |
| 2728 | |
| 2729 | @manual{Fortran95, |
| 2730 | keywords = {Fortran 95}, |
| 2731 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 2732 | key = {Fortran95}, |
| 2733 | title = {Fortran 95 Standard, ISO/IEC 1539}, |
| 2734 | organization = {Unicomp, Inc.}, |
| 2735 | address = {7660 E. Broadway, Tucson, Arizona, U.S.A, 85710}, |
| 2736 | month = jan, |
| 2737 | year = 1997, |
| 2738 | } |
| 2739 | |
| 2740 | @manual{Fortran08, |
| 2741 | keywords = {ISO/IEC Fortran 08}, |
| 2742 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 2743 | key = {Fortran08}, |
| 2744 | title = {Programming Languages -- {Fortran} Part 1}, |
| 2745 | organization= {International Standard ISO/IEC 1989:2014}, |
| 2746 | publisher = {International Standard Organization}, |
| 2747 | address = {http://www.iso.org}, |
| 2748 | year = 2010, |
| 2749 | } |
| 2750 | |
| 2751 | @book{Andrews00:book, |
| 2752 | keywords = {concurrency}, |
| 2753 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 2754 | author = {Gregory R. Andrews}, |
| 2755 | title = {Foundations of Multithreaded, Parallel and Distributed Programming}, |
| 2756 | publisher = {Addison--Wesley}, |
| 2757 | year = 2000, |
| 2758 | } |
| 2759 | |
| 2760 | @article{Agha89, |
| 2761 | keywords = {actors, concurrency}, |
| 2762 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 2763 | author = {Gul A. Agha}, |
| 2764 | title = {Foundational Issues in Concurrent Computing}, |
| 2765 | journal = sigplan, |
| 2766 | month = apr, |
| 2767 | year = 1989, |
| 2768 | volume = 24, |
| 2769 | number = 4, |
| 2770 | pages = {60-65}, |
| 2771 | note = {Proceedings of the ACM SIGPLAN Workshop on Object-Based Concurrent Programming, |
| 2772 | Sept. 26--27, 1988, San Diego, California, U.S.A}, |
| 2773 | } |
| 2774 | |
| 2775 | @article{ool, |
| 2776 | keywords = {}, |
| 2777 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 2778 | author = {Douglas T. Ross}, |
| 2779 | title = {Toward Foundations for the Understanding of Type}, |
| 2780 | journal = sigplan, |
| 2781 | year = 1976, |
| 2782 | volume = 11, pages = {63-65}, |
| 2783 | note = {Conference on Data: Abstraction, Definition and Structure}, |
| 2784 | summary = { |
| 2785 | Possibly the first use (without definition, alas) of the phrase |
| 2786 | "object oriented language". Metaphysical to the point of incoherence. |
| 2787 | } |
| 2788 | } |
| 2789 | |
| 2790 | @article{frames, |
| 2791 | keywords = {frames}, |
| 2792 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 2793 | author = {Paul G. Basset}, |
| 2794 | title = {Frame-Based Software Engineering}, |
| 2795 | journal = {IEEE Software}, |
| 2796 | month = jul, year = 1987, |
| 2797 | volume = 4, number = 4, pages = {9-16} |
| 2798 | } |
| 2799 | |
| 2800 | @article{Sutter05, |
| 2801 | keywords = {concurrency, C++}, |
| 2802 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 2803 | author = {Herb Sutter}, |
| 2804 | title = {A Fundamental Turn Toward Concurrency in Software}, |
| 2805 | journal = {Dr. Dobb's Journal : Software Tools for the Professional Programmer}, |
| 2806 | month = mar, |
| 2807 | year = 2005, |
| 2808 | volume = 30, |
| 2809 | number = 3, |
| 2810 | pages = {16-22}, |
| 2811 | } |
| 2812 | |
| 2813 | @inproceedings{Dony01, |
| 2814 | keywords = {Smalltalk, exception handling}, |
| 2815 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 2816 | author = {Chistophe Dony}, |
| 2817 | title = {A Fully Object-Oriented Exception Handling System: Rationale and Smalltalk Implementation}, |
| 2818 | booktitle = {Exception Handling}, |
| 2819 | publisher = {Springer-Verlag}, |
| 2820 | volume = 2022, |
| 2821 | series = {Lecture Notes in Computer Science}, |
| 2822 | year = 2001, |
| 2823 | pages = {18-38} |
| 2824 | } |
| 2825 | |
| 2826 | @misc{FW, |
| 2827 | key = {FW}, |
| 2828 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 2829 | title = {Funk \& Wagnalls Standard Desk Dictionary}, |
| 2830 | year = 1980 |
| 2831 | } |
| 2832 | |
| 2833 | @book{Knuth73V1, |
| 2834 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 2835 | author = {Donald E. Knuth}, |
| 2836 | title = {Fundamental Algorithms}, |
| 2837 | series = {The Art of Computer Programming}, |
| 2838 | publisher = {Addison-Wesley}, |
| 2839 | year = 1973, |
| 2840 | volume = 1, |
| 2841 | edition = {second}, |
| 2842 | } |
| 2843 | |
| 2844 | @inproceedings{Strachey, |
| 2845 | keywords = {polymorphism}, |
| 2846 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 2847 | author = {C. Strachey}, |
| 2848 | title = {Fundamental Concepts in Programming Languages}, |
| 2849 | booktitle = {Lecture Notes for the International Summer School in Computer Programming}, |
| 2850 | year = 1967, |
| 2851 | month = aug, |
| 2852 | address = {Copenhagen}, |
| 2853 | comment = { |
| 2854 | Defines ad-hoc and parametric polymorphism. |
| 2855 | } |
| 2856 | } |
| 2857 | |
| 2858 | @article{Eisenberg72, |
| 2859 | keywords = {concurrency, N-Process solution, O(N)}, |
| 2860 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 2861 | author = {Murray A. Eisenberg and Michael R. McGuire}, |
| 2862 | title = {Further Comments on {D}ijkstra's Concurrent Programming Control Problem}, |
| 2863 | journal = cacm, |
| 2864 | month = nov, |
| 2865 | year = 1972, |
| 2866 | volume = 15, |
| 2867 | number = 11, |
| 2868 | pages = {999}, |
| 2869 | } |
| 2870 | |
| 2871 | % G |
| 2872 | |
| 2873 | @article{Boehm88, |
| 2874 | keywords = {conservative garbage collection, C}, |
| 2875 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 2876 | author = {Hans-Juergen Boehm and Mark Weiser}, |
| 2877 | title = {Garbage Collection in an Uncooperative Environment}, |
| 2878 | journal = spe, |
| 2879 | month = sep, |
| 2880 | year = 1988, |
| 2881 | volume = 18, |
| 2882 | number = 9, |
| 2883 | pages = {807-820} |
| 2884 | } |
| 2885 | |
| 2886 | @manual{gcc, |
| 2887 | keywords = {}, |
| 2888 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 2889 | title = {GCC}, |
| 2890 | author = {Richard M. Stallman}, |
| 2891 | organization= {Free Software Foundation}, |
| 2892 | address = {Cambridge, MA} |
| 2893 | } |
| 2894 | |
| 2895 | @article{doUpon, |
| 2896 | keywords = {formal verification, axiomatic semantics, control structures}, |
| 2897 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 2898 | author = {Ed Anson}, |
| 2899 | title = {A Generalized Iterative Construct and Its Semantics}, |
| 2900 | journal = toplas, |
| 2901 | volume = {9}, number = {4}, |
| 2902 | pages = {567-581}, |
| 2903 | month = oct, year = 1987, |
| 2904 | comment = { |
| 2905 | \begin{verbatim} |
| 2906 | do |
| 2907 | P1 -> L1 |
| 2908 | [] P2 -> L2 |
| 2909 | ... |
| 2910 | [] Pm -> Lm |
| 2911 | upon |
| 2912 | Q1 -> M1 |
| 2913 | [] Q2 -> M2 |
| 2914 | ... |
| 2915 | [] qn -> mn |
| 2916 | od |
| 2917 | \end{verbatim} |
| 2918 | |
| 2919 | If there is an i such that Qi is true, execute Mi and terminate. |
| 2920 | Otherwise, if there is an i such that Pi is true, execute Li and |
| 2921 | repeat the loop. Otherwise, fail. |
| 2922 | } |
| 2923 | } |
| 2924 | |
| 2925 | @article{Haskell, |
| 2926 | keywords = {lazy evaluation, type class}, |
| 2927 | contributer = {pabuhr}, |
| 2928 | author = {Paul Hudak and Joseph H. Fasel}, |
| 2929 | title = {A Gentle Introduction to Haskell}, |
| 2930 | journal = sigplan, |
| 2931 | volume = 27, |
| 2932 | number = 5, |
| 2933 | month = may, |
| 2934 | year = 1992, |
| 2935 | pages = {T1-53}, |
| 2936 | } |
| 2937 | |
| 2938 | @manual{Go, |
| 2939 | keywords = {Go programming language}, |
| 2940 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 2941 | title = {{Go} Programming Language}, |
| 2942 | author = {Robert Griesemer and Rob Pike and Ken Thompson}, |
| 2943 | organization= {Google}, |
| 2944 | year = 2009, |
| 2945 | note = {\href{http://golang.org/ref/spec}{http://golang.org/\-ref/\-spec}}, |
| 2946 | } |
| 2947 | |
| 2948 | @article{Dijkstra68a, |
| 2949 | keywords = {goto}, |
| 2950 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 2951 | author = {Edsger W. Dijkstra}, |
| 2952 | title = {Go To Statement Considered Harmful}, |
| 2953 | journal = cacm, |
| 2954 | month = mar, |
| 2955 | year = 1968, |
| 2956 | volume = 11, |
| 2957 | number = 3, |
| 2958 | pages = {147-148}, |
| 2959 | note = {Reprinted in \cite{Yourdon79} pp. 29--36.}, |
| 2960 | } |
| 2961 | |
| 2962 | @article{Choi91, |
| 2963 | keywords = {contra-variance, functions}, |
| 2964 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 2965 | author = {Injun Choi and Michael V. Mannino}, |
| 2966 | title = {Graph Interpretation of Methods: A Unifying Framework for Polymorphism in Object-Oriented Programming}, |
| 2967 | journal = {OOPS Messenger}, |
| 2968 | volume = 2, |
| 2969 | number = 1, |
| 2970 | month = jan, |
| 2971 | year = 1991, |
| 2972 | pages = {38-54}, |
| 2973 | } |
| 2974 | |
| 2975 | @misc{GNU-C, |
| 2976 | keywords = {C, ANSI C}, |
| 2977 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 2978 | author = {Richard Stallman}, |
| 2979 | title = {The Free Software Foundation's Gnu {C} Compiler}, |
| 2980 | howpublished= {Free Software Foundation, 1000 Mass Ave., Cambridge, MA, U.S.A., 02138}, |
| 2981 | year = 1989, |
| 2982 | } |
| 2983 | |
| 2984 | @article{Dijkstra:green, |
| 2985 | keywords = {ada}, |
| 2986 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 2987 | author = {Edsger W. Dijkstra}, |
| 2988 | title = {On the GREEN Language submitted to the DoD}, |
| 2989 | journal = sigplan, |
| 2990 | year = 1978, |
| 2991 | month = oct, |
| 2992 | volume = 13, |
| 2993 | number = 10, |
| 2994 | pages = {16-21} |
| 2995 | } |
| 2996 | |
| 2997 | @inproceedings{Miller02, |
| 2998 | keywords = {exception handling}, |
| 2999 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 3000 | author = {Robert Miller and Anand Tripathi}, |
| 3001 | title = {The Guardian Model for Exception Handling in Distributed Systems}, |
| 3002 | booktitle = {21st Symposium on Reliable Distributed Systems}, |
| 3003 | organization= {IEEE}, |
| 3004 | address = {Suita, Japan}, |
| 3005 | year = 2002, |
| 3006 | month = oct, |
| 3007 | pages = {304-313} |
| 3008 | } |
| 3009 | |
| 3010 | @phdthesis{Chen09, |
| 3011 | author = {Jun Chen}, |
| 3012 | title = {Guided Testing of Concurrent Programs Using Value Schedules}, |
| 3013 | school = {University of Waterloo}, |
| 3014 | year = 2009, |
| 3015 | month = sep, |
| 3016 | address = {Waterloo, Ontario, Canada, N2L 3G1}, |
| 3017 | note = {\textsf{http://uwspace.uwaterloo.ca/bitstream/\-10012/\-4735/\-1/\-Chen-Jun.pdf}}, |
| 3018 | } |
| 3019 | |
| 3020 | @misc{GNU-C++, |
| 3021 | keywords = {C++, GNU C}, |
| 3022 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 3023 | author = {Michael D. Tiemann}, |
| 3024 | title = {User's Guide to GNU {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}}, |
| 3025 | howpublished= {Free Software Foundation, 1000 Mass Ave., Cambridge, MA, U.S.A., 02138}, |
| 3026 | month = mar, |
| 3027 | year = 1990, |
| 3028 | } |
| 3029 | |
| 3030 | % H |
| 3031 | |
| 3032 | @article{Michael04a, |
| 3033 | keywords = {Lock-free, synchronization, concurrent programming, memory management, multiprogramming, dynamic data structures}, |
| 3034 | author = {Maged M. Michael}, |
| 3035 | title = {Hazard Pointers: Safe Memory Reclamation for Lock-Free Objects}, |
| 3036 | journal = ieeepds, |
| 3037 | volume = 15, |
| 3038 | number = 6, |
| 3039 | month = jun, |
| 3040 | year = 2004, |
| 3041 | pages = {491-504}, |
| 3042 | publisher = {IEEE Press}, |
| 3043 | address = {Piscataway, NJ, USA}, |
| 3044 | } |
| 3045 | |
| 3046 | @techreport{Hermes90, |
| 3047 | keywords = {processes, distributed computing}, |
| 3048 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 3049 | author = {Robert E. Strom and David F. Bacon and Arthur P. Goldberg and Andy Lowry and Daniel M. Yellin and Shaula Alexander Yemini}, |
| 3050 | title = {Hermes: A Language for Distributed Computing}, |
| 3051 | institution = {IBM T. J. Watson Research Center}, |
| 3052 | address = {Yorktown Heights, New York, U.S.A., 10598}, |
| 3053 | month = oct, |
| 3054 | year = 1990, |
| 3055 | } |
| 3056 | |
| 3057 | @book{Hermes91, |
| 3058 | keywords = {processes, distributed computing}, |
| 3059 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 3060 | author = {Robert E. Strom and David F. Bacon and Arthur P. Goldberg and Andy Lowry and Daniel M. Yellin and Shaula Alexander Yemini}, |
| 3061 | title = {Hermes: A Language for Distributed Computing}, |
| 3062 | publisher = {Prentice Hall}, |
| 3063 | series = {Innovative Technology}, |
| 3064 | year = 1991, |
| 3065 | } |
| 3066 | |
| 3067 | @article{katzenelson83b, |
| 3068 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 3069 | author = "Jacob Katzenelsen", |
| 3070 | title = "Higher Level Programming and Data Abstraction---A Case Study using Enhanced C", |
| 3071 | journal = spe, |
| 3072 | year = 1983, |
| 3073 | volume = 13, |
| 3074 | number = 7, |
| 3075 | pages = {577-596}, |
| 3076 | month = jul |
| 3077 | } |
| 3078 | |
| 3079 | @techreport{Hoare73, |
| 3080 | keywords = {}, |
| 3081 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 3082 | author = {C. A. R. Hoare}, |
| 3083 | title = {Hints on Programming Language Design}, |
| 3084 | institution = {Stanford University Computer Science Department}, |
| 3085 | year = 1973, |
| 3086 | month = dec, |
| 3087 | number = {CS-73-403}, |
| 3088 | note = {Reprinted in \cite{pldesign}.} |
| 3089 | } |
| 3090 | |
| 3091 | @article{Dijkstra71, |
| 3092 | keywords = {monitor, secretary}, |
| 3093 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 3094 | author = {E. W. Dijkstra}, |
| 3095 | title = {Hierarchical Ordering of Sequential Processes}, |
| 3096 | journal = acta, |
| 3097 | volume = 1, |
| 3098 | pages = {115-138}, |
| 3099 | year = 1971, |
| 3100 | } |
| 3101 | |
| 3102 | @article{Buhr15a, |
| 3103 | keywords = {software solution, mutual exclusion, performance experiment}, |
| 3104 | author = {Peter A. Buhr and David Dice and Wim H. Hesselink}, |
| 3105 | title = {High-Performance {$N$}-Thread Software Solutions for Mutual Exclusion}, |
| 3106 | journal = {Concurrency and Computation: Practice and Experience}, |
| 3107 | volume = 27, |
| 3108 | number = 3, |
| 3109 | pages = {651-701}, |
| 3110 | month = mar, |
| 3111 | year = 2015, |
| 3112 | } |
| 3113 | |
| 3114 | @article{Ackermann28, |
| 3115 | keywords = {recursion, Ackermann function}, |
| 3116 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 3117 | author = {Wilhelm Ackermann}, |
| 3118 | title = {Zum Hilbertschen Aufbau der reellen Zahlen}, |
| 3119 | publisher = {Springer}, |
| 3120 | journal = {Mathematische Annalen}, |
| 3121 | number = 1, |
| 3122 | volume = 99, |
| 3123 | pages = {118-133}, |
| 3124 | month = dec, |
| 3125 | year = 1928, |
| 3126 | } |
| 3127 | |
| 3128 | @inproceedings{typeclass, |
| 3129 | keywords = {Hindley/Miller type systems, Haskell}, |
| 3130 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 3131 | author = {Philip Wadler and Stephen Blott}, |
| 3132 | title = {How to make {\em Ad-Hoc} Polymorphism Less {\em Ad-Hoc}}, |
| 3133 | booktitle = popl, |
| 3134 | year = 1989, |
| 3135 | pages = {60-76}, |
| 3136 | organization= {Association for Computing Machinery} |
| 3137 | } |
| 3138 | |
| 3139 | % I |
| 3140 | |
| 3141 | @book{IBM370, |
| 3142 | keywords = {370, IBM}, |
| 3143 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 3144 | key = {IBM370}, |
| 3145 | title = {{IBM} System/370 Principles of Operation}, |
| 3146 | publisher = {IBM}, |
| 3147 | number = {GA22-7000-8}, |
| 3148 | month = oct, |
| 3149 | year = 1981, |
| 3150 | edition = {9th} |
| 3151 | } |
| 3152 | |
| 3153 | @book{Icon, |
| 3154 | keywords = {Icon}, |
| 3155 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 3156 | author = {Ralph E. Griswold and Madge T. Griswold}, |
| 3157 | title = {The Icon Programming Language}, |
| 3158 | publisher = {Prentice-Hall}, |
| 3159 | year = 1983, |
| 3160 | } |
| 3161 | |
| 3162 | @inproceedings{Valois94, |
| 3163 | keywords = {lock free, queue}, |
| 3164 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 3165 | author = {John D. Valois}, |
| 3166 | title = {Implementing Lock-Free Queues}, |
| 3167 | booktitle = {Seventh International Conference on Parallel and Distributed Computing Systems}, |
| 3168 | address = {Las Vegas, Nevada, U.S.A.}, |
| 3169 | year = {1994}, |
| 3170 | pages = {64-69}, |
| 3171 | } |
| 3172 | |
| 3173 | @article{Hehner81, |
| 3174 | keywords = {concurrency, critical section, bakery algorithm}, |
| 3175 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 3176 | author = {Eric C. R. Hehner and R. K. Shyamasundar}, |
| 3177 | title = {An Implementation of {P} and {V}}, |
| 3178 | journal = ipl, |
| 3179 | year = 1981, |
| 3180 | month = aug, |
| 3181 | volume = 12, |
| 3182 | number = 4, |
| 3183 | pages = {196-198}, |
| 3184 | } |
| 3185 | |
| 3186 | @incollection{Steenkiste91, |
| 3187 | keywords = {lisp}, |
| 3188 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 3189 | author = {Peter A. Steenkiste}, |
| 3190 | title = {The Implementation of Tags and Run-Time Checking}, |
| 3191 | booktitle = {Topics in Advanced Language Implementation}, |
| 3192 | pages = {3-24}, |
| 3193 | year = 1991, |
| 3194 | editor = {Peter Lee}, |
| 3195 | chapter = {1}, |
| 3196 | publisher = {The MIT Press} |
| 3197 | } |
| 3198 | |
| 3199 | @techreport{Roberts89, |
| 3200 | keywords = {}, |
| 3201 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 3202 | author = {Eric S. Roberts}, |
| 3203 | title = {Implementing Exceptions in {C}}, |
| 3204 | institution = {Digital Systems Research Center}, |
| 3205 | address = {130 Lytton Avenue, Palo Alto, California, 94301}, |
| 3206 | number = {40}, |
| 3207 | month = mar, |
| 3208 | year = 1989, |
| 3209 | } |
| 3210 | |
| 3211 | @mastersthesis{Bilson03, |
| 3212 | keywords = {Cforall, parametric polymorphism, overloading}, |
| 3213 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 3214 | author = {Richard C. Bilson}, |
| 3215 | title = {Implementing Overloading and Polymorphism in Cforall}, |
| 3216 | school = {School of Computer Science, University of Waterloo}, |
| 3217 | year = 2003, |
| 3218 | address = {Waterloo, Ontario, Canada, N2L 3G1}, |
| 3219 | note = {\href{http://plg.uwaterloo.ca/theses/BilsonThesis.pdf}{http://\-plg.uwaterloo.ca/\-theses/\-BilsonThesis.pdf}}, |
| 3220 | } |
| 3221 | |
| 3222 | @article{Buhr05b, |
| 3223 | keywords = {monitor, automatic signal, implicit signal}, |
| 3224 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 3225 | author = {Peter A. Buhr and Ashif S. Harji}, |
| 3226 | title = {Implicit-signal monitors}, |
| 3227 | journal = toplas, |
| 3228 | volume = 27, |
| 3229 | number = 6, |
| 3230 | month = nov, |
| 3231 | year = 2005, |
| 3232 | issn = {0164-0925}, |
| 3233 | pages = {1270--1343}, |
| 3234 | doi = {http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/1108970.1108975}, |
| 3235 | publisher = {ACM Press}, |
| 3236 | address = {New York, NY, USA}, |
| 3237 | } |
| 3238 | |
| 3239 | @article{Baker77, |
| 3240 | author = {Henry C. Baker, Jr. and Carl Hewitt}, |
| 3241 | title = {The Incremental Garbage Collection of Processes}, |
| 3242 | journal = {SIGART Bulletin}, |
| 3243 | publisher = {ACM}, |
| 3244 | address = {New York, NY, USA}, |
| 3245 | month = aug, |
| 3246 | year = 1977, |
| 3247 | pages = {55-59}, |
| 3248 | issn = {0163-5719}, |
| 3249 | doi = {http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/872736.806932}, |
| 3250 | } |
| 3251 | |
| 3252 | @book{Algol68, |
| 3253 | keywords = {Algol68}, |
| 3254 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 3255 | author = {C. H. Lindsey and S. G. van der Meulen}, |
| 3256 | title = {Informal Introduction to ALGOL 68}, |
| 3257 | publisher = {North-Holland}, |
| 3258 | address = {London}, |
| 3259 | year = 1977, |
| 3260 | } |
| 3261 | |
| 3262 | @inproceedings{Cook90, |
| 3263 | keywords = {f-bounded polymorhpism, lambda calculus}, |
| 3264 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 3265 | author = {William R. Cook and Walter L. Hill and Peter S. Canning}, |
| 3266 | title = {Inheritance is Not Subtyping}, |
| 3267 | booktitle = popl, |
| 3268 | year = 1990, |
| 3269 | pages = {125-135}, |
| 3270 | organization= {Association for Computing Machinery}, |
| 3271 | abstract = { |
| 3272 | In typed object-oriented languages the subtype relation is |
| 3273 | typically based on the inheritance hierarchy. This approach, |
| 3274 | however, leads either to insecure type-systems or to restrictions |
| 3275 | on inheritance that make it less flexible than untyped Smalltalk |
| 3276 | inheritance. We present a new typed model of inheritance that |
| 3277 | allows more of the flexibility of Smalltalk inheritance within a |
| 3278 | statically-typed system. Significant features of our analysis are |
| 3279 | the introduction of polymorphism into the typing of inheritance and |
| 3280 | the uniform application of inheritance to objects, classes and |
| 3281 | types. The resulting notion of {\em type inheritance} allows us to |
| 3282 | show that the type of an inherited object is an inherited type but |
| 3283 | not always a subtype. |
| 3284 | } |
| 3285 | } |
| 3286 | |
| 3287 | @inproceedings{MMR92, |
| 3288 | keywords = {}, |
| 3289 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 3290 | author = {Robert E. Minnear and Patrick A. Muckelbauer and Vincent F. Russo}, |
| 3291 | title = {Integrating the {Sun Microsystems} {XDR/RPC} Protocols |
| 3292 | into the {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Stream Model}, |
| 3293 | booktitle = {USENIX {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Conference Proceedings}, |
| 3294 | year = 1992, |
| 3295 | month = aug, |
| 3296 | pages = {295-312}, |
| 3297 | organization= {USENIX Association}, |
| 3298 | address = {2590 Ninth Street, Suite 215, Berkeley, CA 94710}, |
| 3299 | abstract = { |
| 3300 | This paper reports our experiences integrating the Sun Microsystems |
| 3301 | RPC and XDR protocol specifications into the C++ model of |
| 3302 | input/output streams. As part of the {\it Renaissance} operating |
| 3303 | system project, we wish to construct network servers and clients, |
| 3304 | written in C++, which interoperate with existing UNIX clients |
| 3305 | and servers. We discovered that, although it would be possible to |
| 3306 | re-implement the procedural based XDR/RPC implementation |
| 3307 | distributed by Sun Microsystems in C++, it is far cleaner to |
| 3308 | integrate the protocols with the C++ I/O stream model. We |
| 3309 | feel the resulting model provides a cleaner way of implementing RPC |
| 3310 | clients and servers without losing functionality or compatibility |
| 3311 | with existing clients and servers. |
| 3312 | } |
| 3313 | } |
| 3314 | |
| 3315 | @inproceedings{Zuo08, |
| 3316 | keywords = {shared memory systems,intelligent multiport memory,multiprocessors systems,shared memory system}, |
| 3317 | author = {Wang Zuo and Wang Zuo and Li Jiaxing}, |
| 3318 | title = {An Intelligent Multi-Port Memory}, |
| 3319 | booktitle = {Symposium on Intelligent Information Technology Application Workshops, Shanghai, China}, |
| 3320 | month = dec, |
| 3321 | year = 2008, |
| 3322 | pages = {251-254}, |
| 3323 | publisher = {IEEE Computer Society}, |
| 3324 | address = {Los Alamitos, CA, USA}, |
| 3325 | } |
| 3326 | |
| 3327 | @book{Francez96, |
| 3328 | keywords = {await, formal}, |
| 3329 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 3330 | author = {Nissim Francez and Ira R. Forman}, |
| 3331 | title = {Interacting Processes: A Multiparty Approach to Coordinated Distributed Programming}, |
| 3332 | publisher = {Addison-Wesley}, |
| 3333 | series = {ACM Press Books}, |
| 3334 | year = 1996, |
| 3335 | } |
| 3336 | |
| 3337 | @article{Labreche90, |
| 3338 | keywords = {concurrency, C++}, |
| 3339 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 3340 | author = {Pierre Labr{\`{e}}che}, |
| 3341 | title = {Interactors: A Real-Time Executive with Multiparty Interactions in {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}}, |
| 3342 | journal = sigplan, |
| 3343 | volume = 25, |
| 3344 | number = 4, |
| 3345 | month = apr, |
| 3346 | year = 1990, |
| 3347 | pages = {20-32}, |
| 3348 | } |
| 3349 | |
| 3350 | @inproceedings{interfaces, |
| 3351 | keywords = {parameterized interfaces, classes, recursion/inheritance}, |
| 3352 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 3353 | author = {Peter S. Canning and William R. Cook and Walter L. Hill and |
| 3354 | Walter G. Olthoff}, |
| 3355 | title = {Interfaces for Strongly-Typed Object-Oriented Programming}, |
| 3356 | crossref = "OOPSLA89", |
| 3357 | pages = {457-467}, |
| 3358 | abstract = { |
| 3359 | This paper develops a system of explicit interfaces for |
| 3360 | object-oriented programming. The system provides the benefits of |
| 3361 | module interfaces found in languages like Ada and Modula-2 while |
| 3362 | preserving the expressiveness that gives untyped object-oriented |
| 3363 | languages like Smalltalk their flexibility. Interfaces are |
| 3364 | interpreted as polymorphic types to make the system sufficiently |
| 3365 | powerful. We use interfaces to analyze the properties of |
| 3366 | inheritance, and identify three distinct kinds of inheritance in |
| 3367 | object-oriented programming, corresponding to objects, classes, and |
| 3368 | interfaces, respectively. Object interfaces clarify the |
| 3369 | distinction between interface containment and inheritance and give |
| 3370 | insight into limitations caused by equating the notions of type and |
| 3371 | class in many typed object-oriented programming languages. |
| 3372 | Interfaces also have practical consequences for design, |
| 3373 | specification, and maintenance of object-oriented systems. |
| 3374 | } |
| 3375 | } |
| 3376 | |
| 3377 | @phdthesis{Girard72, |
| 3378 | keywords = {universal quantification}, |
| 3379 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 3380 | author = {J.-Y. Girard}, |
| 3381 | title = {Interpretation fonctionelle et elimination des coupures de |
| 3382 | l'arithmetique d'ordre superieur}, |
| 3383 | school = {Universite Paris}, |
| 3384 | year = {1972} |
| 3385 | } |
| 3386 | |
| 3387 | @article{Karaorman93, |
| 3388 | keywords = {Eiffel, concurrency libraries}, |
| 3389 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 3390 | author = {Murat Karaorman and John Bruno}, |
| 3391 | title = {Introducing Concurrency to a Sequential Language}, |
| 3392 | journal = cacm, |
| 3393 | month = sep, |
| 3394 | year = 1993, |
| 3395 | volume = 36, |
| 3396 | number = 9, |
| 3397 | pages = {103-116} |
| 3398 | } |
| 3399 | |
| 3400 | @book{Corman92, |
| 3401 | keywords = {PRAM, parallel algorithms}, |
| 3402 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 3403 | author = {Thomas H. Cormen and Charles E. Leiserson and Ronald L. Rivest}, |
| 3404 | title = {Introduction to Algorithms}, |
| 3405 | publisher = {MIT Press/McGraw-Hill}, |
| 3406 | series = {Electrical Engineering and Computer Science Series}, |
| 3407 | year = 1992, |
| 3408 | } |
| 3409 | |
| 3410 | @book{Hopcroft79, |
| 3411 | keywords = {finite-state machine, push-dowm automata}, |
| 3412 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 3413 | author = {John E. Hopcroft and Jeffrey D. Ullman}, |
| 3414 | title = {Introduction to Automata Theory, Languages and Computation}, |
| 3415 | publisher = {Addison-Wesley}, |
| 3416 | year = 1979, |
| 3417 | } |
| 3418 | |
| 3419 | @techreport{walker87, |
| 3420 | keywords = {CCS}, |
| 3421 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 3422 | author = {David Walker}, |
| 3423 | title = {Introduction to a Calculus of Communicating Systems}, |
| 3424 | institution = {Laboratory for Foundations of Computer Science}, |
| 3425 | year = 1987, |
| 3426 | address = {Department of Computer Science, University of Edinburgh, Edinburgh EH9 3JZ}, |
| 3427 | month = jun, |
| 3428 | number = {ECS-LFCS-87-22}, |
| 3429 | } |
| 3430 | |
| 3431 | @article{katzenelson83a, |
| 3432 | author = {Jacob Katzenelson}, |
| 3433 | title = {Introduction to Enhanced C (EC)}, |
| 3434 | journal = spe, |
| 3435 | volume = 13, |
| 3436 | number = 7, |
| 3437 | year = 1983, |
| 3438 | month = jul, |
| 3439 | pages = {551-576}, |
| 3440 | } |
| 3441 | |
| 3442 | @book{Deitel90, |
| 3443 | keywords = {concurrency, operating systems}, |
| 3444 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 3445 | author = {Harvey M. Deitel}, |
| 3446 | title = {An Introduction to Operating Systems}, |
| 3447 | publisher = {Addison-Wesley}, |
| 3448 | year = 1990, |
| 3449 | edition = {second}, |
| 3450 | } |
| 3451 | |
| 3452 | @techreport{Birrell89, |
| 3453 | keywords = {threads, monitors}, |
| 3454 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 3455 | author = {Andrew D. Birrell}, |
| 3456 | title = {An Introduction to Programming with Threads}, |
| 3457 | institution = {Digital Systems Research Center}, |
| 3458 | address = {130 Lytton Avenue, Palo Alto, California, 94301}, |
| 3459 | number = {35}, |
| 3460 | month = jan, |
| 3461 | year = 1989, |
| 3462 | note = {{\textsf{http://www.hpl.hp.com/\-techreports/\-Compaq-DEC/\-SRC-RR-35.html}}}, |
| 3463 | |
| 3464 | } |
| 3465 | |
| 3466 | @article{t/o, |
| 3467 | keywords = {Trellis/Owl}, |
| 3468 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 3469 | author = {Craig Schaffert and Topher Cooper and Bruce Bullis and Mike Kilian and Carrie Wilpot}, |
| 3470 | title = {An Introduction to Trellis/Owl}, |
| 3471 | journal = sigplan, |
| 3472 | volume = 21, |
| 3473 | number = 11, |
| 3474 | year = 1986, |
| 3475 | month = nov, |
| 3476 | pages = {9-16}, |
| 3477 | } |
| 3478 | |
| 3479 | @inproceedings{Hibbard77, |
| 3480 | keywords = {algol-68, concurrency}, |
| 3481 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 3482 | author = {Peter G. Hibbard and P. Knueven and B. W. Leverett}, |
| 3483 | title = {Issues in the Efficient Implementation and Use of Multiprocessing in {Algol} 68}, |
| 3484 | booktitle = {Proceedings of the 5th Annual iii Conference}, |
| 3485 | address = {Guidel, France}, |
| 3486 | month = may, |
| 3487 | year = 1977, |
| 3488 | pages = {203-221} |
| 3489 | } |
| 3490 | |
| 3491 | @inproceedings{Miller97, |
| 3492 | keywords = {exception handling, software-engineering}, |
| 3493 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 3494 | author = {Robert Miller and Anand Tripathi}, |
| 3495 | title = {Issues with Exception Hnadling in Object-Oriented Systems}, |
| 3496 | booktitle = {ECOOP'97}, |
| 3497 | publisher = {Springer-Verlag}, |
| 3498 | volume = 1241, |
| 3499 | series = {Lecture Notes in Computer Science}, |
| 3500 | year = 1997, |
| 3501 | pages = {85-103} |
| 3502 | } |
| 3503 | |
| 3504 | @article{Murer96, |
| 3505 | keywords = {interators, generators, cursors}, |
| 3506 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 3507 | author = {Stephan Murer and Stephen Omohundro and David Stoutamire and Clemens Szyperski}, |
| 3508 | title = {Iteration Abstraction in Sather}, |
| 3509 | journal = toplas, |
| 3510 | month = jan, |
| 3511 | year = 1996, |
| 3512 | volume = 18, |
| 3513 | number = 1, |
| 3514 | pages = {1-15}, |
| 3515 | } |
| 3516 | |
| 3517 | % J |
| 3518 | |
| 3519 | @book{Java, |
| 3520 | keywords = {Java}, |
| 3521 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 3522 | author = {James Gosling and Bill Joy and Guy Steele and Gilad Bracha}, |
| 3523 | title = {The {Java} Language Specification}, |
| 3524 | publisher = {Addison-Wesley}, |
| 3525 | year = 2000, |
| 3526 | edition = {second}, |
| 3527 | } |
| 3528 | |
| 3529 | @manual{Java8, |
| 3530 | keywords = {Java SE 8}, |
| 3531 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 3532 | author = {James Gosling and Bill Joy and Guy Steele and Gilad Bracha and Alex Buckley}, |
| 3533 | title = {The {Java} Language Specification}, |
| 3534 | publisher = {Oracle}, |
| 3535 | year = 2015, |
| 3536 | edition = {Java SE 8}, |
| 3537 | } |
| 3538 | |
| 3539 | @manual{JUC, |
| 3540 | keywords = {Java concurrency library}, |
| 3541 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 3542 | title = {java.util.concurrency}, |
| 3543 | author = {Doug Lea}, |
| 3544 | organization= {Oracle}, |
| 3545 | year = 2014, |
| 3546 | note = {\href{http://docs.oracle.com/javase/7/docs/api/java/util/concurrent/package-summary.html}{\textsf{http://docs.oracle.com/\-javase/7/\-docs/\-api/\-java/\-util/\-concurrent/\-package-summary.html}}}, |
| 3547 | } |
| 3548 | |
| 3549 | % K |
| 3550 | |
| 3551 | @article{Duggan96, |
| 3552 | keywords = {concurrency, critical section}, |
| 3553 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 3554 | author = {Dominic Duggan and Gordon V. Cormack and John Ophel}, |
| 3555 | title = {Kinded Type Inference for Parametric Overloading}, |
| 3556 | journal = acta, |
| 3557 | volume = 33, |
| 3558 | number = 1, |
| 3559 | year = 1996, |
| 3560 | pages = {21-68}, |
| 3561 | } |
| 3562 | |
| 3563 | @article{Peter35, |
| 3564 | keywords = {recursion, Ackermann function}, |
| 3565 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 3566 | author = {R{\'{o}}zsa P{\'{e}}ter}, |
| 3567 | title = {Konstruktion nichtrekursiver Funktionen}, |
| 3568 | publisher = {Springer}, |
| 3569 | journal = {Mathematische Annalen}, |
| 3570 | number = 111, |
| 3571 | volume = 1, |
| 3572 | pages = {42-60}, |
| 3573 | month = dec, |
| 3574 | year = 1935, |
| 3575 | } |
| 3576 | |
| 3577 | % L |
| 3578 | |
| 3579 | @TechReport{WVWR88:L, |
| 3580 | contributer = {gjditchf@plg}, |
| 3581 | author = {Hanno Wupper and Jan Vytopil and Martin Wieczorek and Dick de Reus}, |
| 3582 | title = {{L}_{3333}: A Simple Language with Static Typing of Hard Real-Time Constraints}, |
| 3583 | institution = {Department of Informatics, Faculty of Science, Catholic University Nijmegen}, |
| 3584 | year = 1988, |
| 3585 | number = {88-3}, |
| 3586 | address = {Katholieke Universiteit Nijmegen, Fakulteit der Wiskunde |
| 3587 | en Natuurwetenschappen, Infomatica V, Toernooiveld, 6512 |
| 3588 | ED Nijmegen, The Netherlands}, |
| 3589 | month = apr, |
| 3590 | annote = {A polymorphic typed lambda calculus with \begin{itemize} |
| 3591 | \item A trivial type, ``!'', with a single element. |
| 3592 | \item Labelled types, distinct from each other. |
| 3593 | ``!False'' and ``!True'' are distinct types, each |
| 3594 | containing a single value serving as boolean false and |
| 3595 | true. ``2'' is an abbreviation for ``!0 succ succ'', the |
| 3596 | type containing only 2. |
| 3597 | \item Disjunction types ``\{| !False, !True |\}''. Interval |
| 3598 | types are abbreviations for disjunctions. |
| 3599 | \item Conjunction types ``\{\& real Re, real Im \&\}'', where |
| 3600 | ``Re'' and ``Im'' are type labels that distinguish between the |
| 3601 | fields. |
| 3602 | \item Pair types ``\{^ a, b ^\}'', for use in recursive types |
| 3603 | and dyadic infix functions. |
| 3604 | \item Function types, universal types, existential types, |
| 3605 | and subtyping (viewed as coercion), as in Fun. |
| 3606 | \end{itemize} |
| 3607 | Disjunctions and conjunctions types are associative and |
| 3608 | commutative (i.e. flat). Each type has a matching |
| 3609 | constructor. Functions use pattern matching on type |
| 3610 | labels to strip labels and extract conjunction fields: |
| 3611 | \begin{verbatim} |
| 3612 | \lambda n {0...1000000 Guilders}. ... n ... |
| 3613 | -- both argument and n are amounts in Guilders. |
| 3614 | \lambda n {0...1000000} Guilders. ... n ... |
| 3615 | -- argument in Guilders, but n is in 0...1000000. |
| 3616 | \end{verbatim} |
| 3617 | ``Function bundles'' (conjunctions of functions), applied |
| 3618 | to arguments, replace Dijkstra's guarded if...fi, but the |
| 3619 | bundles are first-class and the guards are part of their |
| 3620 | type. |
| 3621 | |
| 3622 | The same trick used to define the type ``2'' is used to |
| 3623 | move absolute times into the type system, to allow static |
| 3624 | checking. ``0`'' denotes a time before the system begins |
| 3625 | execution. ``\#`'' denotes ``eventually'', and ``?`'' |
| 3626 | denotes ``maybe never''. ``a\\t'' and ``a@t'' are types |
| 3627 | of a value of type a that will be available no later |
| 3628 | (earlier) than time t. Universals and existentials use |
| 3629 | subtyping to parameterize functions by start time: |
| 3630 | \begin{verbatim} |
| 3631 | let f {\forall t > \#`}. {a\t} \on {b\t+d} |
| 3632 | f{then} y -- argument y must be available at time ``then''. |
| 3633 | \end{verbatim} |
| 3634 | Functions can return before their arguments are available |
| 3635 | if they don't use them. However, function {\em bundles} |
| 3636 | can't return until their result type is known, so the |
| 3637 | lower and upper time bounds of the bundle are the |
| 3638 | second-last upper bound of the component functions: at |
| 3639 | that time, there is only one alternative left. |
| 3640 | |
| 3641 | Explicit time parameterization allows slack in time |
| 3642 | specification. Tools could point out slack or determine |
| 3643 | degree of parallelism.} |
| 3644 | } |
| 3645 | |
| 3646 | @mastersthesis{Clarke90, |
| 3647 | keywords = {concurrency, postponing requests}, |
| 3648 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 3649 | author = {Charles L. A. Clarke}, |
| 3650 | title = {Language and Compiler Support for Synchronous Message Passing Architectures}, |
| 3651 | school = {University of Waterloo}, |
| 3652 | year = 1990, |
| 3653 | address = {Waterloo, Ontario, Canada, N2L 3G1} |
| 3654 | } |
| 3655 | |
| 3656 | @article{Tennent77, |
| 3657 | keywords = {abstraction, correspondence, Pascal}, |
| 3658 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 3659 | author = {R. D. Tennent}, |
| 3660 | title = {Language Design Methods Based on Semantic Principles}, |
| 3661 | journal = acta, |
| 3662 | year = 1977, |
| 3663 | volume = 8, |
| 3664 | number = 2, |
| 3665 | pages = {97-112}, |
| 3666 | note = {reprinted in \cite{pldesign}}, |
| 3667 | abstract = { |
| 3668 | Two language design methods based on principles derived from the |
| 3669 | denotational approach to programming language semantics are |
| 3670 | described and illustrated by an application to the language Pascal. |
| 3671 | The principles are, firstly, the correspondence between parametric |
| 3672 | and declarative mechanisms and secondly, a principle of abstraction |
| 3673 | for programming languages adapted from set theory. Several useful |
| 3674 | extensions and generalizations of Pascal emerge by applying these |
| 3675 | principles, including a solution to the array parameter problem, |
| 3676 | and a modularization facility. |
| 3677 | }, |
| 3678 | } |
| 3679 | |
| 3680 | @article{Liskov86, |
| 3681 | keywords = {synchronous communication, concurrency}, |
| 3682 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 3683 | author = {Barbara Liskov and Maurice Kerlihy and Lucy Gilbert}, |
| 3684 | title = {Limitations of Synchronous Communication with Static |
| 3685 | Process Structure in Languages for Distributed Computing}, |
| 3686 | journal = {}, |
| 3687 | volume = {}, |
| 3688 | number = {}, |
| 3689 | month = {}, |
| 3690 | year = {}, |
| 3691 | pages = {}, |
| 3692 | } |
| 3693 | |
| 3694 | @article{Linda, |
| 3695 | keywords = {Linda, concurrency}, |
| 3696 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 3697 | author = {Nicholas Carriero and David Gelernter}, |
| 3698 | title = {Linda in Context}, |
| 3699 | journal = cacm, |
| 3700 | volume = 32, |
| 3701 | number = 4, |
| 3702 | month = apr, |
| 3703 | year = 1989, |
| 3704 | pages = {444-458} |
| 3705 | } |
| 3706 | |
| 3707 | @book{Weissman67, |
| 3708 | keywords = {lisp}, |
| 3709 | author = {Clark Weissman}, |
| 3710 | title = {Lisp 1.5 Primer}, |
| 3711 | publisher = {Dickenson Publishing}, |
| 3712 | year = 1967, |
| 3713 | } |
| 3714 | |
| 3715 | @article{Sundell08, |
| 3716 | keywords = {lock free, deque}, |
| 3717 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 3718 | author = {H{\r{a}}kan Sundell and Philippas Tsigas}, |
| 3719 | title = {Lock-free Deques and Doubly Linked Lists}, |
| 3720 | journal = {J. Parallel Distrib. Comput.}, |
| 3721 | volume = 68, |
| 3722 | number = 7, |
| 3723 | year = 2008, |
| 3724 | pages = {1008-1020}, |
| 3725 | } |
| 3726 | |
| 3727 | @article{Cormack89, |
| 3728 | keywords = {parsing, LR, error recovery}, |
| 3729 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 3730 | author = {Gordon V. Cormack}, |
| 3731 | title = {An {LR} Substring Parser for Noncorrecting Syntax Error Recovery}, |
| 3732 | journal = sigplan, |
| 3733 | volume = 24, |
| 3734 | number = 7, |
| 3735 | month = jul, |
| 3736 | year = 1989, |
| 3737 | pages = {161-169}, |
| 3738 | note = {Proceedings of the {SIGPLAN}~'89 Conference on Programming Language Design and Implementation} |
| 3739 | } |
| 3740 | |
| 3741 | % M |
| 3742 | |
| 3743 | @book{M68K, |
| 3744 | keywords = {M680XX, Motorola}, |
| 3745 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 3746 | key = {Motorola}, |
| 3747 | title = {M68000 Family Programmer's Reference Manual}, |
| 3748 | publisher = {Motorola}, |
| 3749 | year = 1992, |
| 3750 | } |
| 3751 | |
| 3752 | @article{c++libs, |
| 3753 | keywords = {directory structure}, |
| 3754 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 3755 | author = {J. M. Coggins and G. Bollella}, |
| 3756 | title = {Managing {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Libraries}, |
| 3757 | journal = sigplan, |
| 3758 | year = 1989, |
| 3759 | month = jun, volume = 24, number = 6, pages = {37-48}, |
| 3760 | abstract = { |
| 3761 | This paper describes a scheme we have used to manage a large |
| 3762 | library written in the C++ language. The scheme imposes a |
| 3763 | directory structure, and represents dependency hierarchy in a |
| 3764 | globally accessible file we call the 'prelude' file. We also |
| 3765 | discuss the structure of the description files (makefiles) used |
| 3766 | with the UNIX options we have found to be useful in reducing the |
| 3767 | size of the library, and how to minimize recompilation time after |
| 3768 | trivial changes to the source code of the library. |
| 3769 | } |
| 3770 | } |
| 3771 | |
| 3772 | @inproceedings{mprof, |
| 3773 | keywords = {malloc}, |
| 3774 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 3775 | author = {Benjamin Zorn and Paul Hilfinger}, |
| 3776 | title = {A Memory Allocation Profiler for {C} and Lisp Programs}, |
| 3777 | booktitle = {Summer 1988 {USENIX} proceedings}, |
| 3778 | year = 1988 |
| 3779 | } |
| 3780 | |
| 3781 | @manual{MMTk, |
| 3782 | keywords = {Java memory management}, |
| 3783 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 3784 | title = {MMTk: The Memory Management Toolkit}, |
| 3785 | author = {Steve Blackburn and Robin Garner and Daniel Frampton}, |
| 3786 | month = sep, |
| 3787 | year = 2006, |
| 3788 | note = {\textsf{http://cs.anu.edu.au/\-\char`\~Robin.Garner/\-mmtk-guide.pdf}}, |
| 3789 | } |
| 3790 | |
| 3791 | @article{Adve10, |
| 3792 | keywords = {Java memory management}, |
| 3793 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 3794 | author = {Sarita V. Adve and Hans-J. Boehm}, |
| 3795 | title = {Memory Models: A Case for Rethinking Parallel Languages and Hardware}, |
| 3796 | journal = cacm, |
| 3797 | volume = 53, |
| 3798 | number = 8, |
| 3799 | month = aug, |
| 3800 | year = 2010, |
| 3801 | pages = {90-101}, |
| 3802 | publisher = {ACM}, |
| 3803 | address = {New York, NY, USA}, |
| 3804 | } |
| 3805 | @techreport{Mesa, |
| 3806 | keywords = {monitors, packages}, |
| 3807 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 3808 | author = {James G. Mitchell and William Maybury and Richard Sweet}, |
| 3809 | title = {Mesa Language Manual}, |
| 3810 | institution = {Xerox Palo Alto Research Center}, |
| 3811 | number = {CSL--79--3}, |
| 3812 | month = apr, |
| 3813 | year = 1979 |
| 3814 | } |
| 3815 | |
| 3816 | @article{Andrews89, |
| 3817 | keywords = {semaphore, split-binary, baton}, |
| 3818 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 3819 | author = {Gregory R. Andrews}, |
| 3820 | title = {A Method for Solving Synronization Problems}, |
| 3821 | journal = scp, |
| 3822 | volume = 13, |
| 3823 | number = 4, |
| 3824 | month = dec, |
| 3825 | year = 1989, |
| 3826 | pages = {1-21}, |
| 3827 | } |
| 3828 | |
| 3829 | @inproceedings{Mitchell78, |
| 3830 | keywords = {Mesa}, |
| 3831 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 3832 | author = {James G. Mitchell}, |
| 3833 | title = {Mesa: A Designer's User Perspective}, |
| 3834 | booktitle = {Spring CompCom 78}, |
| 3835 | organization= {Sixteenth IEEE Computer Society International Conference}, |
| 3836 | address = {San Francisco, California, U.S.A.}, |
| 3837 | month = feb, |
| 3838 | year = 1978, |
| 3839 | pages = {36-39}, |
| 3840 | note = {IEEE Catalog No. 78CH1328-4C}, |
| 3841 | } |
| 3842 | |
| 3843 | @article{Gentleman81, |
| 3844 | keywords = {messages, concurrency}, |
| 3845 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 3846 | author = {W. Morven Gentleman}, |
| 3847 | title = {Message Passing between Sequential Processes: |
| 3848 | the Reply Primitive and the Administrator Concept}, |
| 3849 | journal = spe, |
| 3850 | month = may, |
| 3851 | year = 1981, |
| 3852 | volume = 11, |
| 3853 | number = 5, |
| 3854 | pages = {435-466} |
| 3855 | } |
| 3856 | |
| 3857 | @article{Cormack88, |
| 3858 | keywords = {concurrency}, |
| 3859 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 3860 | author = {G. V. Cormack}, |
| 3861 | title = {A Micro Kernel for Concurrency in C}, |
| 3862 | journal = spe, |
| 3863 | month = may, |
| 3864 | year = 1988, |
| 3865 | volume = 18, |
| 3866 | number = 4, |
| 3867 | pages = {485-491} |
| 3868 | } |
| 3869 | |
| 3870 | @article{Buhr90a, |
| 3871 | keywords = {concurrency, light-weight process, shared memory}, |
| 3872 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 3873 | author = {Peter A. Buhr and Richard A. Stroobosscher}, |
| 3874 | title = {The $\mu${S}ystem: Providing Light-Weight Concurrency on Shared-Memory Multiprocessor Computers Running {UNIX}}, |
| 3875 | journal = spe, |
| 3876 | volume = 20, |
| 3877 | number = 9, |
| 3878 | month = sep, |
| 3879 | year = 1990, |
| 3880 | pages = {929-963}, |
| 3881 | } |
| 3882 | |
| 3883 | @techreport{uSystem, |
| 3884 | keywords = {C, concurrency, light-weight process, shared memory}, |
| 3885 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 3886 | author = {Peter A. Buhr and Hamish I. Macdonald and Richard A. Stroobosscher}, |
| 3887 | title = {$\mu${S}ystem Annotated Reference Manual, Version 4.4.3}, |
| 3888 | institution = {Department of Computer Science, University of Waterloo}, |
| 3889 | address = {Waterloo, Ontario, Canada, N2L 3G1}, |
| 3890 | month = sep, |
| 3891 | year = 1994, |
| 3892 | note = {{\small\textsf{ftp://\-plg.uwaterloo.ca/\-pub/\-uSystem/\-uSystem.ps.gz}}}, |
| 3893 | } |
| 3894 | |
| 3895 | @book{Mips4000, |
| 3896 | key = {Mips4000}, |
| 3897 | title = {MIPS R4000 Microprocessor User's Manual}, |
| 3898 | publisher = {MIPS Computer Systems Inc}, |
| 3899 | year = 1991, |
| 3900 | } |
| 3901 | |
| 3902 | @inproceedings{Mjolner, |
| 3903 | keywords = {Mjolner, hierarchical windows}, |
| 3904 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 3905 | author = {G\"{o}rel Hedin and Boris Magnusson}, |
| 3906 | title = {The Mj{\o}lner Environment: Direct Interaction with Abstractions}, |
| 3907 | booktitle = {Proceedings of the European Conference on Object Oriented Programming}, |
| 3908 | organization= {ECOOP'88}, |
| 3909 | publisher = {Springer-Verlag}, |
| 3910 | volume = 322, |
| 3911 | editor = {S. Gjessing and K. Nygaard}, |
| 3912 | address = {Oslo, Norway}, |
| 3913 | month = aug, |
| 3914 | year = 1988, |
| 3915 | pages = {41-54}, |
| 3916 | note = {Lecture Notes in Computer Science, Ed. by G. Goos and J. Hartmanis}, |
| 3917 | } |
| 3918 | |
| 3919 | @article{Skillicorn98, |
| 3920 | keywords = {parallel models}, |
| 3921 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 3922 | author = {David B. Skillicorn and Domenico Talia}, |
| 3923 | title = {Models and Languages for Parallel Computation}, |
| 3924 | journal = acmcs, |
| 3925 | volume = 30, |
| 3926 | number = 2, |
| 3927 | month = jun, |
| 3928 | year = 1998, |
| 3929 | pages = {123-169}, |
| 3930 | } |
| 3931 | |
| 3932 | @article{Werther96, |
| 3933 | keywords = {C++, language syntax}, |
| 3934 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 3935 | author = {Ben Werther and Damian Conway}, |
| 3936 | title = {A Modest Proposal: {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Resyntaxed}, |
| 3937 | journal = sigplan, |
| 3938 | volume = 31, |
| 3939 | number = 11, |
| 3940 | month = nov, |
| 3941 | year = 1996, |
| 3942 | pages = {74-82}, |
| 3943 | } |
| 3944 | |
| 3945 | @book{Alexandrescu01, |
| 3946 | keywords = {c design-patterns programming}, |
| 3947 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 3948 | author = {Andrei Alexandrescu}, |
| 3949 | title = {Modern C++ Design: Generic Programming and Design Patterns Applied}, |
| 3950 | publisher = {Addison-Wesley Professional}, |
| 3951 | month = feb, |
| 3952 | year = 2001, |
| 3953 | isbn = {0201704315}, |
| 3954 | } |
| 3955 | |
| 3956 | @book{Tanenbaum92, |
| 3957 | keywords = {concurrency, operating systems}, |
| 3958 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 3959 | author = {Andrew S. Tanenbaum}, |
| 3960 | title = {Modern Operating Systems}, |
| 3961 | publisher = {Prentice-Hall}, |
| 3962 | year = 1992, |
| 3963 | } |
| 3964 | |
| 3965 | @article{Wirth77, |
| 3966 | keywords = {modules, coroutines}, |
| 3967 | contributer = {pabuhr}, |
| 3968 | author = {Niklaus Wirth}, |
| 3969 | title = {Modula: a Language for Modular Multiprogramming}, |
| 3970 | journal = spe, |
| 3971 | month = {January--February}, |
| 3972 | year = 1977, |
| 3973 | volume = 7, |
| 3974 | number = 1, |
| 3975 | pages = {3-35}, |
| 3976 | } |
| 3977 | |
| 3978 | @book{Harbison92, |
| 3979 | contributer = {mhcoffin}, |
| 3980 | author = {Samuel P. Harbison}, |
| 3981 | title = {Modula-3}, |
| 3982 | publisher = {Prentise Hall, Inc.}, |
| 3983 | year = {1992}, |
| 3984 | comment = {This is a textbook for learning Modula-3.} |
| 3985 | } |
| 3986 | |
| 3987 | @techreport{Modula-3:old, |
| 3988 | keywords = {Modula-3, inheritance, type extension}, |
| 3989 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 3990 | author = {Luca Cardelli and James Donahue and Lucille Glassman and Mick |
| 3991 | Jordan and Bill Kalsow and Greg Nelson}, |
| 3992 | title = {Modula-3 Report}, |
| 3993 | institution = {Systems Research Center}, |
| 3994 | address = {130 Lytton Avenue, Palo Alto, California 94301}, |
| 3995 | month = aug, |
| 3996 | year = 1988, |
| 3997 | number = 31 |
| 3998 | } |
| 3999 | |
| 4000 | @article{Dueck90, |
| 4001 | keywords = {attribute grammars}, |
| 4002 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 4003 | author = {Gerald D. P. Dueck and Gordon V. Cormack}, |
| 4004 | title = {Modular Attribute Grammars}, |
| 4005 | journal = {The Computer Journal}, |
| 4006 | month = apr, |
| 4007 | year = 1990, |
| 4008 | volume = 33, |
| 4009 | number = 2, |
| 4010 | pages = {164-172}, |
| 4011 | } |
| 4012 | |
| 4013 | @article{Yemini85, |
| 4014 | keywords = {exception handling}, |
| 4015 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 4016 | author = {Shaula Yemini and Daniel M. Berry}, |
| 4017 | title = {A Modular Verifiable Exception-Handling Mechanism}, |
| 4018 | journal = toplas, |
| 4019 | month = apr, |
| 4020 | year = 1985, |
| 4021 | volume = 7, |
| 4022 | number = 2, |
| 4023 | pages = {214-243}, |
| 4024 | } |
| 4025 | |
| 4026 | @article{Buhr95b, |
| 4027 | keywords = {concurrency, monitors, classification}, |
| 4028 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 4029 | author = {Peter A. Buhr and Michel Fortier and Michael H. Coffin}, |
| 4030 | title = {Monitor Classification}, |
| 4031 | journal = acmcs, |
| 4032 | volume = 27, |
| 4033 | number = 1, |
| 4034 | month = mar, |
| 4035 | year = 1995, |
| 4036 | pages = {63-107}, |
| 4037 | } |
| 4038 | |
| 4039 | @article{Hoare74, |
| 4040 | keywords = {monitor}, |
| 4041 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 4042 | author = {C. A. R. Hoare}, |
| 4043 | title = {Monitors: An Operating System Structuring Concept}, |
| 4044 | journal = cacm, |
| 4045 | volume = 17, |
| 4046 | number = 10, |
| 4047 | month = oct, |
| 4048 | year = 1974, |
| 4049 | pages = {549-557}, |
| 4050 | annote = { |
| 4051 | } |
| 4052 | } |
| 4053 | |
| 4054 | @inbook{Buhr99a, |
| 4055 | keywords = {concurrency, monitors, classification}, |
| 4056 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 4057 | author = {Peter A. Buhr and Michel Fortier and Michael H. Coffin}, |
| 4058 | title = {Encyclopedia of Computer Science and Technology}, |
| 4059 | chapter = {Monitor Taxonomy}, |
| 4060 | publisher = {Marcel Dekker, Inc}, |
| 4061 | volume = {40, supplement 25}, |
| 4062 | year = 1999, |
| 4063 | pages = {191-212}, |
| 4064 | } |
| 4065 | % editor = {Allen Kent and James G. Williams}, |
| 4066 | |
| 4067 | @manual{MPI, |
| 4068 | keywords = {MPI}, |
| 4069 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 4070 | title = {MPI: A Message-Passing Interface Standard, Version 3.1}, |
| 4071 | organization= {Message Passing Interface Forum}, |
| 4072 | address = {University of Tennessee, Knoxville, Tennessee}, |
| 4073 | month = jun, |
| 4074 | year = 2015, |
| 4075 | note = {\href{http://www.mpi-forum.org/docs/mpi-3.1/mpi31-report.pdf}{\textsf{http://www.mpi-forum.org/\-docs/\-mpi-3.1/\-mpi31-report.pdf}}}, |
| 4076 | } |
| 4077 | |
| 4078 | @article{multilisp, |
| 4079 | keywords = {futures, scheme}, |
| 4080 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 4081 | author = {Halstead, Jr.,Robert H.}, |
| 4082 | title = {Multilisp: A Language for Concurrent Symbolic Programming}, |
| 4083 | journal = toplas, |
| 4084 | volume = 7, |
| 4085 | number = 4, |
| 4086 | pages = {501-538}, |
| 4087 | month = oct, |
| 4088 | year = 1985, |
| 4089 | comment = { |
| 4090 | (future E) begins evaluating the expression E, and |
| 4091 | returns a ``future'' representing the value. When evaluation is |
| 4092 | finished, the value of E replaces the future. Operations that need |
| 4093 | the future's value suspend until it is available. Assignment and |
| 4094 | parameter passing do not suspend. Future introduces concurrency |
| 4095 | between the calculation of a value and its use; reference to |
| 4096 | futures is a synchronization mechanism. |
| 4097 | |
| 4098 | (pcall F A B ... C) concurrently evaluates F, A, B, ... C, and then |
| 4099 | applies F to the arguments. pcall can be built from future and a |
| 4100 | ``touch'' operation. pcall is included because it may not be easy |
| 4101 | to determine that there are no critical sections between the future |
| 4102 | expression and the code between the future call and the value's |
| 4103 | first use. |
| 4104 | |
| 4105 | (delay E) is like future, but E's process does not begin until its |
| 4106 | value is needed. It provides lazy evaluation. Replacing delay |
| 4107 | with future would launch an infinite number of processes. |
| 4108 | } |
| 4109 | } |
| 4110 | |
| 4111 | @techreport{Bretthauer89, |
| 4112 | keywords = {multiple inheritance}, |
| 4113 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 4114 | author = {Harry Bretthauer and Thomas Christaller and J\"{u}rgen Kopp}, |
| 4115 | title = {Multiple vs. Single Inheritance in Object-oriented Programming Languages. What do we really want?}, |
| 4116 | institution = {Gesellschaft F\"{u}r Mathematik und Datenverarbeitung mbH}, |
| 4117 | address = {Schlo$\beta$ Birlinghoven, Postfach 12 40, D-5205 Sankt Augustin 1, Deutschland}, |
| 4118 | number = {Arbeitspapiere der GMD 415}, |
| 4119 | month = nov, |
| 4120 | year = 1989, |
| 4121 | } |
| 4122 | |
| 4123 | @inproceedings{c++:multinh, |
| 4124 | keywords = {C++, multiple inheritance, implementation}, |
| 4125 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 4126 | author = {Bjarne Stroustrup}, |
| 4127 | title = {Multiple Inheritance for {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}}, |
| 4128 | booktitle = {Proceedings of the Spring '87 EUUG Conference}, |
| 4129 | month = may, year = 1987 |
| 4130 | } |
| 4131 | |
| 4132 | @inproceedings{st:mult, |
| 4133 | keywords = {smalltalk, multiple inheritance, implementation}, |
| 4134 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 4135 | author = {Daniel H. H. Ingalls and A. H. Borning}, |
| 4136 | title = {Multiple Inheritance in Smalltalk-80}, |
| 4137 | booktitle = {Proceedings of the National Conference on Artificial Intelligence}, |
| 4138 | month = aug, |
| 4139 | year = 1982, |
| 4140 | pages = {234-238}, |
| 4141 | organization= {American Association for Artificial Intelligence}, |
| 4142 | comment = { |
| 4143 | Methods are looked up in the current class, the superclasses, the |
| 4144 | supersuperclasses, etc. The same method can be inherited |
| 4145 | repeatedly, but having different methods for the same message is an |
| 4146 | error. Only one copy is made for multiply-inherited fields. |
| 4147 | |
| 4148 | {\tt X.m} is the method m in superclass X. {\tt super.m} is |
| 4149 | allowed if there is no ambiguity; {\tt self super.m} replaces {\tt |
| 4150 | super m}. {\tt all.m} invokes all inherited versions of m. |
| 4151 | |
| 4152 | Methods on the first-superclass chain are found as usual. Methods |
| 4153 | from other superclasses are copied into the class dictionary. An |
| 4154 | error method is created if inherited methods conflict. The parser |
| 4155 | is changed to allow compound selectors. {\tt Object |
| 4156 | messageNotUnderstood} is changed to look for compound selectors and |
| 4157 | dynamically add a method with the right name and body to the class. |
| 4158 | When methods are edited, they are copied into subclasses and |
| 4159 | compound selector versions are deleted, as appropriate. |
| 4160 | } |
| 4161 | } |
| 4162 | |
| 4163 | @article{Lamport86I, |
| 4164 | keywords = {software solutions, N-thread, mutual exclusions}, |
| 4165 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 4166 | author = {Leslie Lamport}, |
| 4167 | title = {The Mutual Exclusion Problem: Part\,{I}--A Theory of Interprocess Communication}, |
| 4168 | journal = jacm, |
| 4169 | volume = 33, |
| 4170 | number = 2, |
| 4171 | month = apr, |
| 4172 | year = 1986, |
| 4173 | pages = {313--326}, |
| 4174 | numpages = {14}, |
| 4175 | publisher = {ACM}, |
| 4176 | address = {New York, NY, USA}, |
| 4177 | } |
| 4178 | |
| 4179 | @article{Lamport86II, |
| 4180 | keywords = {software solutions, N-thread, mutual exclusions}, |
| 4181 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 4182 | author = {Leslie Lamport}, |
| 4183 | title = {The Mutual Exclusion Problem: Part\,{II}--Statement and Solutions}, |
| 4184 | journal = jacm, |
| 4185 | volume = 33, |
| 4186 | number = 2, |
| 4187 | month = apr, |
| 4188 | year = 1986, |
| 4189 | pages = {327--348}, |
| 4190 | numpages = {22}, |
| 4191 | publisher = {ACM}, |
| 4192 | address = {New York, NY, USA}, |
| 4193 | } |
| 4194 | |
| 4195 | @article{Burns78, |
| 4196 | keywords = {hardware, N-process solution, O(N)}, |
| 4197 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 4198 | author = {James E. Burns}, |
| 4199 | title = {Mutual Exclusion with Linear Waiting Using Binary Shared Variables}, |
| 4200 | journal = {SIGACT News}, |
| 4201 | volume = 10, |
| 4202 | number = 2, |
| 4203 | month = {Summer}, |
| 4204 | year = 1978, |
| 4205 | pages = {42-47}, |
| 4206 | } |
| 4207 | |
| 4208 | @inproceedings{Burns80, |
| 4209 | keywords = {N-process software solution}, |
| 4210 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 4211 | author = {James E. Burns and Nancy A. Lynch}, |
| 4212 | title = {Mutual Exclusion using Indivisible Reads and Writes}, |
| 4213 | booktitle = {Proceedings of the 18th Annual Allerton Conference on Communications, Control and Computing, Monticello, Illinois, USA}, |
| 4214 | year = 1980, |
| 4215 | pages = {833-842}, |
| 4216 | note = {\href{http://groups.csail.mit.edu/tds/papers/Lynch/allertonconf.pdf}{\textsf{http://\-groups.csail.mit.edu/\-tds/\-papers/\-Lynch/\-allertonconf.pdf}} [Accessed on March 2014]}, |
| 4217 | optnote = {\textsf{http://\-groups.csail.mit.edu/\-tds/\-papers/\-Lynch/\-allertonconf.pdf}}, |
| 4218 | } |
| 4219 | |
| 4220 | @article{Peterson81, |
| 4221 | keywords = {concurrency, critical section}, |
| 4222 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 4223 | author = {G. L. Peterson}, |
| 4224 | title = {Myths About the Mutual Exclusion Problem}, |
| 4225 | journal = ipl, |
| 4226 | year = 1981, |
| 4227 | month = jun, |
| 4228 | volume = 12, |
| 4229 | number = 3, |
| 4230 | pages = {115-116}, |
| 4231 | } |
| 4232 | |
| 4233 | % N |
| 4234 | |
| 4235 | @article{Haddon77, |
| 4236 | keywords = {monitors, nested monitor calls}, |
| 4237 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 4238 | author = {Bruce K. Haddon}, |
| 4239 | title = {Nested Monitor Calls}, |
| 4240 | journal = osr, |
| 4241 | volume = 11, |
| 4242 | number = 4, |
| 4243 | month = oct, |
| 4244 | year = 1977, |
| 4245 | pages = {18-23}, |
| 4246 | } |
| 4247 | |
| 4248 | @inproceedings{nesting, |
| 4249 | keywords = {}, |
| 4250 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 4251 | author = {Lori A. Clarke and Jack C. Wilenden and Alexander L. Wolf}, |
| 4252 | title = {Nesting in {Ada} Programs is for the Birds}, |
| 4253 | booktitle = {Proceedings of the ACM-SIGPLAN Symposium on the {Ada} |
| 4254 | Programming Language}, |
| 4255 | year = 1980, |
| 4256 | month = dec, pages = {139-145}, |
| 4257 | note = {SIGPLAN Notices, v. 15, n. 11}, |
| 4258 | abstract = { |
| 4259 | Given a data abstraction construct like the Ada package and in the |
| 4260 | light of current thoughts on programming methodology, we feel that |
| 4261 | nesting is an anachronism. In this paper we propose a nest-free |
| 4262 | program style for Ada that eschews nested program units and |
| 4263 | declarations within blocks and instead heavily utilizes packages |
| 4264 | and context specifications as mechanisms for controlling |
| 4265 | visibility. We view this proposal as a first step toward the |
| 4266 | development of programming methods that exploit the novel language |
| 4267 | features available in Ada. Consideration of this proposal's |
| 4268 | ramifications for data flow, control flow, and overall program |
| 4269 | structure substantiates our contention that a tree structure is |
| 4270 | seldom a natural representation of a program and that nesting |
| 4271 | therefore generally interferes with program development and |
| 4272 | readability. |
| 4273 | } |
| 4274 | } |
| 4275 | |
| 4276 | @inproceedings{Buhr88, |
| 4277 | keywords = {nested classes, persistence}, |
| 4278 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 4279 | author = {P. A. Buhr and C. R. Zarnke}, |
| 4280 | title = {Nesting in an Object Oriented Language is NOT for the Birds}, |
| 4281 | booktitle = {Proceedings of the European Conference on Object Oriented Programming}, |
| 4282 | publisher = {Springer-Verlag}, |
| 4283 | volume = 322, |
| 4284 | editor = {S. Gjessing and K. Nygaard}, |
| 4285 | address = {Oslo, Norway}, |
| 4286 | month = aug, |
| 4287 | year = 1988, |
| 4288 | pages = {128-145}, |
| 4289 | note = {Lecture Notes in Computer Science, Ed. by G. Goos and J. Hartmanis}, |
| 4290 | } |
| 4291 | |
| 4292 | @inproceedings{Thompson90new, |
| 4293 | keywords = {Plan 9}, |
| 4294 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 4295 | title = {A New C Compiler}, |
| 4296 | author = {Ken Thompson}, |
| 4297 | booktitle = {Proceedings of the Summer 1990 UKUUG Conference}, |
| 4298 | year = 1990, |
| 4299 | pages = {41--51}, |
| 4300 | url = {http://doc.cat-v.org/bell_labs/new_c_compilers/new_c_compiler.pdf} |
| 4301 | } |
| 4302 | |
| 4303 | @article{Trono94, |
| 4304 | author = {John A. Trono}, |
| 4305 | title = {A New Exercise in Concurrency}, |
| 4306 | journal = {SIGCSE Bulletin}, |
| 4307 | volume = {26}, |
| 4308 | number = {3}, |
| 4309 | month = sep, |
| 4310 | year = {1994}, |
| 4311 | pages = {8-10}, |
| 4312 | publisher = {ACM}, |
| 4313 | address = {New York, NY, USA}, |
| 4314 | } |
| 4315 | |
| 4316 | @article{Lamport74, |
| 4317 | keywords = {concurrency, N-Process solution, O(N)}, |
| 4318 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 4319 | author = {Leslie Lamport}, |
| 4320 | title = {A New Solution of Dijkstra's Concurrent Programming Problem}, |
| 4321 | journal = cacm, |
| 4322 | month = aug, |
| 4323 | year = 1974, |
| 4324 | volume = 17, |
| 4325 | number = 8, |
| 4326 | pages = {453-455}, |
| 4327 | } |
| 4328 | |
| 4329 | @article{landin, |
| 4330 | keywords = {}, |
| 4331 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 4332 | author = {P. J. Landin}, |
| 4333 | title = {The Next 700 Programing Languages}, |
| 4334 | journal = cacm, |
| 4335 | year = 1966, |
| 4336 | volume = 9, |
| 4337 | pages = {157-164}, |
| 4338 | } |
| 4339 | |
| 4340 | @article{Herlihy05, |
| 4341 | keywords = {Multiprocessors, concurrent data structures, dynamic data structures, memory management, nonblocking synchronization}, |
| 4342 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 4343 | author = {Maurice Herlihy and Victor Luchangco and Paul Martin and Mark Moir}, |
| 4344 | title = {Nonblocking Memory Management Support for Dynamic-sized Data Structures}, |
| 4345 | journal = tocs, |
| 4346 | volume = 23, |
| 4347 | number = 2, |
| 4348 | month = may, |
| 4349 | year = 2005, |
| 4350 | pages = {146-196}, |
| 4351 | numpages = {51}, |
| 4352 | publisher = {ACM}, |
| 4353 | address = {New York, NY, USA}, |
| 4354 | } |
| 4355 | |
| 4356 | % O |
| 4357 | |
| 4358 | @inproceedings{oop:abcl/1, |
| 4359 | keywords = {concurrency, OOPL, futures}, |
| 4360 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 4361 | author = {Akinori Yonezawa and Jean-Pierre Briot and Etsuya Shibayama}, |
| 4362 | title = {Object-Oriented Concurrent Programming in {ABCL/1}}, |
| 4363 | crossref = "OOPSLA86", |
| 4364 | pages = {258-268}, |
| 4365 | comment = { |
| 4366 | Actions for messages sent to an object are executed concurrently |
| 4367 | iff the object has no members. A select construct specifies a set |
| 4368 | of message patterns. |
| 4369 | |
| 4370 | Express messages have priority. If an express message arrives |
| 4371 | while an ordinary message is being processed, the action for the |
| 4372 | ordinary message is suspended or aborted and the action for the |
| 4373 | express message is executed. The sender decides which class a |
| 4374 | message belongs in. Non-interruptible sections can be defined. |
| 4375 | |
| 4376 | Message sends can be non-blocking, or can block until a reply is |
| 4377 | received, at the sender's option. The receiver can continue to |
| 4378 | execute after sending the reply. |
| 4379 | |
| 4380 | Replies can send back ``futures'', and put values in them later. |
| 4381 | Futures are queues of values, not single values. The caller can |
| 4382 | use a ``ready?'' predicate to test for empty queue, or can use |
| 4383 | operations to get the first or all queue elements; these operations |
| 4384 | block if the queue is empty. |
| 4385 | } |
| 4386 | } |
| 4387 | |
| 4388 | @techreport{Schmidt95, |
| 4389 | keywords = {ACE, concurrency, library}, |
| 4390 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 4391 | author = {Douglas C. Schmidt}, |
| 4392 | title = {An OO Encapsulation of Lightweight OS Concurrency Mechanisms in the {ACE} Toolkit}, |
| 4393 | institution = {Washington University in St. Louis}, |
| 4394 | year = 1995, |
| 4395 | number = 31, |
| 4396 | note = {{\small\textsf{http://\-www.cs.wustl.edu/\-\char`\~schmidt/\-PDF/\-IPC\_SAP-92.pdf}}}, |
| 4397 | } |
| 4398 | |
| 4399 | @inproceedings{OOEx, |
| 4400 | keywords = {Exceptions, object-oriented programming languages}, |
| 4401 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 4402 | author = {Christophe Dony}, |
| 4403 | title = {An Object-oriented Exception Handling System for an Object-oriented Language}, |
| 4404 | booktitle = {ECOOP '88. European Conference on Object-Oriented Programming}, |
| 4405 | year = 1988, |
| 4406 | pages = {146-161}, |
| 4407 | editor = {S. Gjessing and K. Nygaard}, |
| 4408 | organization= {DND, The Norwegian Computer Society}, |
| 4409 | publisher = {Springer-Verlag}, |
| 4410 | comment = { |
| 4411 | Objectives: |
| 4412 | - Users can define new exceptions. |
| 4413 | - Default handlers can be attached to exceptions. |
| 4414 | - Handlers can be attached to classes. |
| 4415 | - Handlers can be attached to dynamic entities (expressions). |
| 4416 | - Exceptions propagate first along the invocation chain. |
| 4417 | - Exceptions should be hierarchically organized classes. |
| 4418 | - Handlers should take into account the exception hierarchy (i.e., |
| 4419 | should handle raising of sub-exceptions). |
| 4420 | The ``exceptional-event'' class has two subclasses. ``Warning'' |
| 4421 | has a ``resume'' method, and ``error'' has ``exit'' and |
| 4422 | ``retry'' methods. Signalling an exception creates an instance |
| 4423 | of the exception, whose members are used to pass information |
| 4424 | back to the handler. Handlers are instances of class |
| 4425 | ``protect-handler'' with a method ``protect {\em expression}'', |
| 4426 | or are methods defined for the class or the exception. |
| 4427 | } |
| 4428 | } |
| 4429 | |
| 4430 | @article{CommonObjects, |
| 4431 | author = {A. Snyder}, |
| 4432 | title = {Object-Oriented Programming for Common Lisp}, |
| 4433 | address = {Palo Alto CA}, |
| 4434 | year = 1985, |
| 4435 | publisher = {Software Technology Laboratory, Hewlett-Packard Laboratories}, |
| 4436 | journal = {Report ATC-85-1}, |
| 4437 | } |
| 4438 | |
| 4439 | @book{objective-c, |
| 4440 | keywords = {}, |
| 4441 | author = {Brad J. Cox}, |
| 4442 | title = {Object-oriented programming; an evolutionary approach}, |
| 4443 | publisher = {Addison-Wesley}, |
| 4444 | year = 1986 |
| 4445 | } |
| 4446 | |
| 4447 | @book{Beta, |
| 4448 | keywords = {Beta, object oriented, concurrency, exceptions}, |
| 4449 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 4450 | author = {Ole Lehrmann Madsen and Birger M{\o}ller-Pedersen and Kristen Nygaard}, |
| 4451 | title = {Object-oriented Programming in the {BETA} Programming Language}, |
| 4452 | publisher = {Addison-Wesley}, |
| 4453 | year = 1993, |
| 4454 | } |
| 4455 | |
| 4456 | @article{Flavors, |
| 4457 | author = {D. A. Moon}, |
| 4458 | title = {Object-Oriented Programming with Flavors}, |
| 4459 | address = {Portland OR}, |
| 4460 | month = sep, |
| 4461 | year = 1986, |
| 4462 | journal = {Proc. ACM Conf. on Object-Oriented Systems, Languages and Applications}, |
| 4463 | } |
| 4464 | |
| 4465 | @article{Buhr00b, |
| 4466 | keywords = {concurrency, C++, real-time}, |
| 4467 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 4468 | author = {Peter A. Buhr and Ashif S. Harji and Philipp E. Lim and Jiongxiong Chen}, |
| 4469 | title = {Object-Oriented Real-Time Concurrency}, |
| 4470 | journal = sigplan, |
| 4471 | volume = 35, |
| 4472 | number = 10, |
| 4473 | month = oct, |
| 4474 | year = 2000, |
| 4475 | pages = {29-46}, |
| 4476 | note = {OOPSLA'00, Oct. 15--19, 2000, Minneapolis, Minnesota, U.S.A.}, |
| 4477 | } |
| 4478 | |
| 4479 | @book{Meyer88, |
| 4480 | keywords = {Eiffel}, |
| 4481 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 4482 | author = {Bertrand Meyer}, |
| 4483 | title = {Object-oriented Software Construction}, |
| 4484 | publisher = {Prentice Hall}, |
| 4485 | year = {1988}, |
| 4486 | series = {Prentice Hall International Series in Computer Science}, |
| 4487 | } |
| 4488 | |
| 4489 | @article{objectPascal, |
| 4490 | keywords = {objects, modules}, |
| 4491 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 4492 | author = {Larry Tesler}, |
| 4493 | title = {Object Pascal Report}, |
| 4494 | journal = {Structured Language World}, |
| 4495 | year = 1985, |
| 4496 | volume = 9, |
| 4497 | number = 3, |
| 4498 | } |
| 4499 | |
| 4500 | @misc{obj-c:next, |
| 4501 | keywords = {categories, protocols, Objective C}, |
| 4502 | contributor = {gjditchfield@angus}, |
| 4503 | author = {NeXT Computer, Inc.}, |
| 4504 | title = {Objective C Extensions}, |
| 4505 | howpublished= {On-line documentation in ``NEXTSTEP 3.1 Developer''}, |
| 4506 | year = 1993 |
| 4507 | } |
| 4508 | |
| 4509 | @book{Galletly96, |
| 4510 | keywords = {occam}, |
| 4511 | author = {John Galletly}, |
| 4512 | title = {{OCCAM} 2: Including {OCCAM} 2.1}, |
| 4513 | publisher = {{UCL} (University College London) Press Ltd.}, |
| 4514 | edition = {second}, |
| 4515 | year = 1996, |
| 4516 | } |
| 4517 | |
| 4518 | @techreport{Morrison88, |
| 4519 | keywords = {objects, concurrency, persistence}, |
| 4520 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 4521 | author = {R. Morrison and A. L. Brown and R. Carrick and R. Connor and A. Dearle}, |
| 4522 | title = {On the integration of Object-Oriented and Process-Oriented computation in persistent environments}, |
| 4523 | institution = {Department of Computational Science, University of St. Andrews, Scotland}, |
| 4524 | number = {PPRR 57}, |
| 4525 | month = jan, |
| 4526 | year = 1988, |
| 4527 | } |
| 4528 | |
| 4529 | @article{Peterson73, |
| 4530 | keywords = {goto, structured programming}, |
| 4531 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 4532 | author = {W. W. Peterson and T. Kasami and N. Tokura}, |
| 4533 | title = {On the Capabilities of While, Repeat, and Exit Statements}, |
| 4534 | journal = cacm, |
| 4535 | month = aug, |
| 4536 | year = 1973, |
| 4537 | volume = 16, |
| 4538 | number = 8, |
| 4539 | pages = {503-512} |
| 4540 | } |
| 4541 | |
| 4542 | @article{Bak:overload, |
| 4543 | keywords = {compilation}, |
| 4544 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 4545 | author = {Theodore P. Baker}, |
| 4546 | title = {A One-Pass Algorithm for Overload Resolution in {Ada}}, |
| 4547 | journal = toplas, |
| 4548 | year = 1982, |
| 4549 | month = oct, |
| 4550 | volume = 4, |
| 4551 | number = 4, |
| 4552 | pages = {601-614}, |
| 4553 | abstract = { |
| 4554 | A simple method is presented for detecting ambiguities and finding |
| 4555 | the correct interpretations of expressions in the programming |
| 4556 | language Ada. Unlike previously reported solutions to this |
| 4557 | problem, which require multiple passes over a tree structure, the |
| 4558 | method described here operates in one bottom-up pass, during which |
| 4559 | a directed acyclic graph is produced. The correctness of this |
| 4560 | approach is demonstrated by a brief formal argument. |
| 4561 | }, |
| 4562 | comment = { |
| 4563 | See also \cite{D:overload}. |
| 4564 | } |
| 4565 | } |
| 4566 | |
| 4567 | @techreport{OpenMP, |
| 4568 | keywords = {concurrency, openmp, spmd}, |
| 4569 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 4570 | author = {OpenMP Architecture Review Board}, |
| 4571 | title = {OpenMP Application Program Interface, Version 4.0}, |
| 4572 | month = jul, |
| 4573 | year = 2013, |
| 4574 | note = {\href{http://www.openmp.org/mp-documents/OpenMP4.0.0.pdf}{\textsf{http://www.openmp.org/mp-documents/OpenMP4.0.0.pdf}}}, |
| 4575 | } |
| 4576 | |
| 4577 | @book{Deitel04, |
| 4578 | keywords = {concurrency, operating systems}, |
| 4579 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 4580 | author = {Harvey M. Deitel and Paul J. Deitel and David R. Choffnes}, |
| 4581 | title = {Operating Systems}, |
| 4582 | publisher = {Pearson Prentice-Hall}, |
| 4583 | year = 2004, |
| 4584 | edition = {third}, |
| 4585 | } |
| 4586 | |
| 4587 | @book{Stalling98, |
| 4588 | keywords = {concurrency, operating systems}, |
| 4589 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 4590 | author = {William Stallings}, |
| 4591 | title = {Operating Systems: Internals and Design Principles}, |
| 4592 | publisher = {Prentice-Hall}, |
| 4593 | year = 1998, |
| 4594 | edition = {third}, |
| 4595 | } |
| 4596 | |
| 4597 | @book{Stalling01, |
| 4598 | keywords = {concurrency, operating systems}, |
| 4599 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 4600 | author = {William Stallings}, |
| 4601 | title = {Operating Systems: Internals and Design Principles}, |
| 4602 | publisher = {Prentice-Hall}, |
| 4603 | year = 2001, |
| 4604 | edition = {fourth}, |
| 4605 | } |
| 4606 | |
| 4607 | @book{Silberschatz91, |
| 4608 | keywords = {concurrency, operating systems}, |
| 4609 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 4610 | author = {Abraham Silberschatz and James L. Peterson and Peter Galvin}, |
| 4611 | title = {Operating System Concepts}, |
| 4612 | publisher = {Addision-Wesley}, |
| 4613 | year = 1991, |
| 4614 | edition = {third}, |
| 4615 | } |
| 4616 | |
| 4617 | @book{Tanenbaum87, |
| 4618 | keywords = {concurrency, operating systems}, |
| 4619 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 4620 | author = {Andrew S. Tanenbaum}, |
| 4621 | title = {Operating Systems : Design and Implementation}, |
| 4622 | publisher = {Prentice-Hall}, |
| 4623 | series = {Software Series}, |
| 4624 | year = 1987, |
| 4625 | } |
| 4626 | |
| 4627 | @book{Hansen73, |
| 4628 | keywords = {monitors}, |
| 4629 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 4630 | author = {Per {Brinch Hansen}}, |
| 4631 | title = {Operating System Principles}, |
| 4632 | publisher = {Prentice-Hall}, |
| 4633 | year = 1973, |
| 4634 | } |
| 4635 | |
| 4636 | @book{Bic03, |
| 4637 | keywords = {concurrency, operating systems}, |
| 4638 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 4639 | author = {Lubomir F. Bic and Alan C. Shaw}, |
| 4640 | title = {Operating System Principles}, |
| 4641 | publisher = {Prentice-Hall}, |
| 4642 | year = 2003, |
| 4643 | } |
| 4644 | |
| 4645 | @techreport{milner88, |
| 4646 | keywords = {}, |
| 4647 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 4648 | author = {Robin Milner}, |
| 4649 | title = {Operational and Algebraic Semantics of Concurrent Processes}, |
| 4650 | institution = {Laboratory for Foundations of Computer Science}, |
| 4651 | year = 1988, |
| 4652 | address = {Department of Computer Science, University of Edinburgh, Edinburgh EH9 3JZ}, |
| 4653 | month = feb, |
| 4654 | number = {ECS-LFCS-88-46} |
| 4655 | } |
| 4656 | |
| 4657 | @article{Ford82, |
| 4658 | keywords = {}, |
| 4659 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 4660 | author = {G. Ford and B. Hansche}, |
| 4661 | title = {Optional, Repeatable, and Varying Type Parameters}, |
| 4662 | journal = sigplan, |
| 4663 | volume = 17, |
| 4664 | number = 2, |
| 4665 | month = feb, |
| 4666 | year = 1982, |
| 4667 | pages = {41-48}, |
| 4668 | } |
| 4669 | |
| 4670 | @manual{pli, |
| 4671 | keywords = {PL/I}, |
| 4672 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 4673 | key = {IBM}, |
| 4674 | title = {{OS} and {DOS} {PL/I} Reference Manual}, |
| 4675 | organization= {International Business Machines}, |
| 4676 | edition = {first}, |
| 4677 | month = sep, |
| 4678 | year = 1981, |
| 4679 | note = {Manual GC26-3977-0}, |
| 4680 | } |
| 4681 | |
| 4682 | @techreport{D:overload, |
| 4683 | keywords = {overload resolution, compilation}, |
| 4684 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 4685 | author = {M. Dausmann et. al.}, |
| 4686 | title = {Overloading in {Ada}}, |
| 4687 | institution = {Universitat Karlsruhe}, |
| 4688 | year = 1979, |
| 4689 | number = {23/79}, |
| 4690 | comment = { |
| 4691 | Probably the earliest description of the two-pass (bottom-up, |
| 4692 | top-down) overload resolution algorithm. See also |
| 4693 | \cite{PW:overload,WS:overload,PDM:overload,Cor:overload,Bak:overload}. |
| 4694 | } |
| 4695 | } |
| 4696 | |
| 4697 | @article{EB87, |
| 4698 | keywords = {packages, private types, assignment, equality}, |
| 4699 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 4700 | author = {J. Dana Eckart and Richard J. LeBlanc}, |
| 4701 | title = {Overloading in the {Ada} Language: Is it too restrictive?}, |
| 4702 | journal = {Computer Languages}, |
| 4703 | year = 1987, |
| 4704 | volume = 12, number = {3/4}, pages = {163-172}, |
| 4705 | abstract = { |
| 4706 | Packages in the Ada language provide a mechanism for extending the |
| 4707 | language through the development of additional data types. Such |
| 4708 | types can be better integrated into the language using operator |
| 4709 | overloading; however, key limitations prevent new types from being |
| 4710 | transparently integrated into the language. Allowing function |
| 4711 | names to overload private type names would give a cleaner and |
| 4712 | clearer mechanism for building values of these types. Furthermore, |
| 4713 | by allowing redefinitions of ``:='' and by making it easier to |
| 4714 | overload ``='' for private types, Ada coud be transformed into a |
| 4715 | more expressive language. |
| 4716 | } |
| 4717 | } |
| 4718 | |
| 4719 | @article{PW:overload, |
| 4720 | keywords = {compilation}, |
| 4721 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 4722 | author = {Guido Persch and Georg Winterstein and Manfred Dausman and Sophia Drossopoulou}, |
| 4723 | title = {Overloading in Preliminary {Ada}}, |
| 4724 | journal = sigplan, |
| 4725 | year = 1980, |
| 4726 | month = nov, volume = 15, number = 11, pages = {47-56}, |
| 4727 | note = {Proceedings of the ACM-SIGPLAN Symposium on the {Ada} Programming |
| 4728 | Language}, |
| 4729 | comment = { |
| 4730 | The two-pass (bottom-up, then top-down) algorithm, with a proof |
| 4731 | that two passes suffice. See also \cite{D:overload}. |
| 4732 | } |
| 4733 | } |
| 4734 | |
| 4735 | @article{SR, |
| 4736 | keywords = {concurrency, messages, rendezvous}, |
| 4737 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 4738 | author = {Gregory R. Andrews and Ronald A. Olsson and Michael Coffin and |
| 4739 | Irving Elshoff and Kelvin Nilsen and Titus Purdin and Gregg Townsend}, |
| 4740 | title = {An Overview of the {SR} Language and Implementation}, |
| 4741 | journal = toplas, |
| 4742 | month = jan, |
| 4743 | year = 1988, |
| 4744 | volume = 10, |
| 4745 | number = 1, |
| 4746 | pages = {51-86}, |
| 4747 | } |
| 4748 | |
| 4749 | % P |
| 4750 | |
| 4751 | @article{Andrews91, |
| 4752 | keywords = {general concurrency}, |
| 4753 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 4754 | author = {Gregory R. Andrews}, |
| 4755 | title = {Paradigms for Process Interaction in Distributed Programs}, |
| 4756 | journal = acmcs, |
| 4757 | volume = 23, |
| 4758 | number = 1, |
| 4759 | month = mar, |
| 4760 | year = 1991, |
| 4761 | pages = {49-90}, |
| 4762 | } |
| 4763 | |
| 4764 | @book{PPC++, |
| 4765 | keywords = {concurrency, parallel, distributed, C++}, |
| 4766 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 4767 | editor = {Gregory V. Wilson and Paul Lu}, |
| 4768 | title = {Parallel Programming in {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}}, |
| 4769 | publisher = {MIT Press}, |
| 4770 | series = {Scientific and Engineering Computation Series}, |
| 4771 | year = 1996, |
| 4772 | pages = {1-42}, |
| 4773 | } |
| 4774 | |
| 4775 | @incollection{Stroustrup96, |
| 4776 | keywords = {concurrency, C++}, |
| 4777 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 4778 | author = {Bjarne Stroustrup}, |
| 4779 | title = {A Perspective on Concurrency in {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}}, |
| 4780 | editor = {Gregory V. Wilson and Paul Lu}, |
| 4781 | booktitle = {Parallel Programming in {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}}, |
| 4782 | publisher = {MIT Press}, |
| 4783 | series = {Scientific and Engineering Computation Series}, |
| 4784 | year = 1996, |
| 4785 | pages = {xxvi-xxvii}, |
| 4786 | } |
| 4787 | |
| 4788 | @incollection{Yang96b, |
| 4789 | keywords = {concurrency, C++}, |
| 4790 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 4791 | author = {Shelby X. Yang and Dennis Gannon and Peter Beckman and Jacob Gotwals and Neelakantan Sundaresan}, |
| 4792 | editor = {Gregory V. Wilson and Paul Lu}, |
| 4793 | title = {p{C}++}, |
| 4794 | booktitle = {Parallel Programming in {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}}, |
| 4795 | publisher = {MIT Press}, |
| 4796 | address = {Cambridge, MA, USA}, |
| 4797 | series = {Scientific and Engineering Computation Series}, |
| 4798 | pages = {507-546}, |
| 4799 | year = 1996, |
| 4800 | } |
| 4801 | |
| 4802 | @article{goguen84, |
| 4803 | keywords = {}, |
| 4804 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 4805 | author = {Goseph A. Goguen}, |
| 4806 | title = {Parameterized Programming}, |
| 4807 | journal = ieeese, |
| 4808 | year = 1984, |
| 4809 | month = sep, volume = "SE-10", number = 5, pages = {528-543}, |
| 4810 | abstract = { |
| 4811 | Parameterized programming is a powerful technique for the reliable |
| 4812 | reuse of software. In this technique, modules are parameterized |
| 4813 | over very general interfaces that describe what properties of an |
| 4814 | environment are required for the module to work correctly. |
| 4815 | Reusability is enhanced by the flexibility of the parameterization |
| 4816 | mechanism proposed here. Reliability is further enhanced by |
| 4817 | permitting interface requirements to include more than purely |
| 4818 | syntactic information. This paper introduces three new ideas that |
| 4819 | seem especially useful in supporting parameterized programming: 1) |
| 4820 | {\em theories}, which declare global properties of program modules |
| 4821 | and interfaces; 2) {\em views}, which connect theories with program |
| 4822 | modules in an elegant way; and 3) {\em module expressions}, a kind |
| 4823 | of general structured program transformation which produces new |
| 4824 | modules by modifying and combining existing modules. Although |
| 4825 | these ideas are illustrated with some simple examples in the OBJ |
| 4826 | programming language, they should also be taken as proposals for an |
| 4827 | Ada library system, for adding modules to Prolog, and as |
| 4828 | considerations for future language design efforts. OBJ is an |
| 4829 | ultra-high level programming language, based upon rewrite rules, |
| 4830 | that incorporates these ideas, and many others from modern |
| 4831 | programming methodology. |
| 4832 | } |
| 4833 | } |
| 4834 | |
| 4835 | @inproceedings{c++:templates, |
| 4836 | author = {Bjarne Stroustrup}, |
| 4837 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 4838 | title = {Parameterized Types for {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}}, |
| 4839 | booktitle = {USENIX {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Conference}, |
| 4840 | organization= {USENIX Association}, |
| 4841 | year = 1988, pages = {1-18} |
| 4842 | } |
| 4843 | |
| 4844 | @inproceedings{Boehm85, |
| 4845 | keywords = {second-order unification}, |
| 4846 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 4847 | author = {Hans-J. Boehm}, |
| 4848 | title = {Partial Polymorphic Type Inference is Undecidable}, |
| 4849 | booktitle = {26th Annual Symposium on Foundations of Computer Science}, |
| 4850 | year = 1985, |
| 4851 | pages = {339-345}, |
| 4852 | organization= {IEEE Computer Society}, |
| 4853 | publisher = {IEEE Computer Society Press}, |
| 4854 | address = {1730 Massachusetts Avenue, N.W, Washington, D.C. 20036-1903}, |
| 4855 | summary = { |
| 4856 | Given a base typed lambda calculus with function types, type |
| 4857 | abstractions, and a recursive expression \(\mbox{fix } x:t.e\), |
| 4858 | then type inference for the partially typed language |
| 4859 | \begin{eqnarray} |
| 4860 | \lambda x:\tau.e &\Rightarrow& \lambda x.e \\ |
| 4861 | \mbox{fix } x:\tau.e &\Rightarrow& \mbox{fix } x.e \\ |
| 4862 | e \tau &\Rightarrow& e ? |
| 4863 | \end{eqnarray} |
| 4864 | is undecidable. |
| 4865 | } |
| 4866 | } |
| 4867 | |
| 4868 | @book{Pascal, |
| 4869 | keywords = {Pascal}, |
| 4870 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 4871 | author = {Kathleen Jensen and Niklaus Wirth}, |
| 4872 | title = {{P}ascal User Manual and Report}, |
| 4873 | publisher = {Springer--Verlag}, |
| 4874 | year = 1985, |
| 4875 | edition = {third}, |
| 4876 | note = {Revised by Andrew B. Mickel and James F. Miner, ISO Pascal Standard} |
| 4877 | } |
| 4878 | |
| 4879 | @book{Pascal:old, |
| 4880 | keywords = {Pascal}, |
| 4881 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 4882 | author = {Kathleen Jensen and Niklaus Wirth}, |
| 4883 | title = {{P}ascal User Manual and Report}, |
| 4884 | publisher = {Springer--Verlag}, |
| 4885 | year = 1975, |
| 4886 | edition = {first}, |
| 4887 | } |
| 4888 | |
| 4889 | @article{Turba85, |
| 4890 | keywords = {Pascal, exception handling, inheritance}, |
| 4891 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 4892 | author = {Thomas N. Turba}, |
| 4893 | title = {The {P}ascal Exception Handling Proposal}, |
| 4894 | journal = sigplan, |
| 4895 | volume = 20, |
| 4896 | number = 8, |
| 4897 | month = aug, |
| 4898 | year = 1985, |
| 4899 | pages = {93-98}, |
| 4900 | } |
| 4901 | |
| 4902 | @manual{Pascal/VS, |
| 4903 | keywords = {PL/I}, |
| 4904 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 4905 | key = {IBM}, |
| 4906 | title = {{P}ascal/{VS} Language Reference Manual}, |
| 4907 | organization= {International Business Machines}, |
| 4908 | edition = {first}, |
| 4909 | year = 1981, |
| 4910 | note = {Manual SH20-6168-1}, |
| 4911 | } |
| 4912 | |
| 4913 | @article{Anderson90, |
| 4914 | keywords = {spin locks, back off, performance}, |
| 4915 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 4916 | author = {Thomas E. Anderson}, |
| 4917 | title = {The Performance of Spin Lock Alternatives for Shared-Memory Multiprocessors}, |
| 4918 | journal = ieeepds, |
| 4919 | month = jan, |
| 4920 | year = 1990, |
| 4921 | volume = 1, |
| 4922 | number = 1, |
| 4923 | pages = {6-16}, |
| 4924 | } |
| 4925 | |
| 4926 | @article{poly, |
| 4927 | keywords = {Poly, Standard ML, Russell, persistence}, |
| 4928 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 4929 | author = {David C. J. Matthews}, |
| 4930 | title = {Poly Manual}, |
| 4931 | journal = sigplan, |
| 4932 | month = sep, year = 1985, |
| 4933 | volume = 20, number = 9, pages = {52-76} |
| 4934 | } |
| 4935 | |
| 4936 | @techreport{Atkinson87b, |
| 4937 | keywords = {naming, persistence}, |
| 4938 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 4939 | author = {M. P. Atkinson and R. Morrison}, |
| 4940 | title = {Polymorphic Names and Iterations}, |
| 4941 | institution = {Universities of Glasgow and St. Andrews, Scotland}, |
| 4942 | number = {PPRR-53-87}, |
| 4943 | month = nov, |
| 4944 | year = 1987, |
| 4945 | } |
| 4946 | |
| 4947 | @book{Harland, |
| 4948 | keywords = {}, |
| 4949 | author = {David M. Harland}, |
| 4950 | title = {Polymorphic Programming Languages: Design and Implementation}, |
| 4951 | publisher = {Ellis Horwood}, |
| 4952 | year = 1984, |
| 4953 | series = {Computers and their Applications}, |
| 4954 | address = {Market Cross House, Cooper Street, Chichester, West Sussex, |
| 4955 | PO19 1EB, England}, |
| 4956 | summary = { |
| 4957 | The principles of Procedural Abstraction, Data Type Completeness, |
| 4958 | Declaration Correspondence, and Orthogonality are ruthlessly applied |
| 4959 | to the design of a polymorphic language. |
| 4960 | } |
| 4961 | } |
| 4962 | |
| 4963 | @unpublished{poa, |
| 4964 | keywords = {Force N, type inference, reusability, transcendance}, |
| 4965 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 4966 | author = {G. V. Cormack and A. K. Wright}, |
| 4967 | title = {Polymorphism, Overloading, and Abstraction}, |
| 4968 | note = {personal communication} |
| 4969 | } |
| 4970 | |
| 4971 | @inproceedings{forceone:impl, |
| 4972 | keywords = {Parametric polymorphism, ForceOne}, |
| 4973 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 4974 | author = {G. V. Cormack and A. K. Wright}, |
| 4975 | title = {Polymorphism in the Compiled Language {ForceOne}}, |
| 4976 | booktitle = {Proceedings of the 20th Hawaii International Conference on Systems Sciences}, |
| 4977 | month = jan, |
| 4978 | year = 1987, |
| 4979 | pages = {284-292}, |
| 4980 | } |
| 4981 | |
| 4982 | @incollection{POOL-T, |
| 4983 | keywords = {objects, concurrency}, |
| 4984 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 4985 | author = {Pierre America}, |
| 4986 | title = {POOL-T: A Parallel Object-Oriented Language}, |
| 4987 | booktitle = {Object-Oriented Concurrent Programming}, |
| 4988 | publisher = {The MIT Press}, |
| 4989 | year = 1987, |
| 4990 | pages = {199-220}, |
| 4991 | editor = {Akinori Yonezawa and Mario Tokoro} |
| 4992 | } |
| 4993 | |
| 4994 | @article{Hardgrave76, |
| 4995 | keywords = {positional, keyword, parameters, arguments}, |
| 4996 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 4997 | author = {W. T. Hardgrave}, |
| 4998 | title = {Positional versus Keyword Parameter Communication in Programming Languages}, |
| 4999 | journal = sigplan, |
| 5000 | volume = 11, |
| 5001 | number = 5, |
| 5002 | month = may, |
| 5003 | year = 1976, |
| 5004 | pages = {52-58}, |
| 5005 | } |
| 5006 | |
| 5007 | @book{PowerPC, |
| 5008 | key = {PowerPC processor}, |
| 5009 | title = {Programming Environments Manual for 32-Bit Implementations of the PowerPC ArchitectureARM Architecture}, |
| 5010 | publisher = {Freescale Semiconductor}, |
| 5011 | volume = {MPCFPE32B}, |
| 5012 | edition = {Rev. 3}, |
| 5013 | month = 9, |
| 5014 | year = 2005, |
| 5015 | } |
| 5016 | |
| 5017 | @article{Ada:preliminary, |
| 5018 | keywords = {Ada}, |
| 5019 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 5020 | author = {Jean D. Ichbiah and Bernd Krieg-Brueckner and Brian A. Wichmann |
| 5021 | and Henry F. Ledgard and Jean-Claude Heliard and Jean-Raymond Abrial |
| 5022 | and John G. P. Barnes and Olivier Roubine}, |
| 5023 | title = {Preliminary {Ada} Reference Manual}, |
| 5024 | journal = sigplan, |
| 5025 | volume = 14, |
| 5026 | number = 6, |
| 5027 | month = jun, |
| 5028 | year = 1979, |
| 5029 | note = {Part A}, |
| 5030 | } |
| 5031 | |
| 5032 | @techreport{Forsythe, |
| 5033 | author = {John C. Reynolds}, |
| 5034 | title = {Preliminary Design of the Programming Language {Forsythe}}, |
| 5035 | institution = {Carnegie Mellon University}, |
| 5036 | number = {CMU-CS-88-159}, |
| 5037 | month = jun, |
| 5038 | year = 1988, |
| 5039 | } |
| 5040 | |
| 5041 | @article{PRESTO, |
| 5042 | keywords = {concurrency, threads}, |
| 5043 | contributer = {dgharriss@plg}, |
| 5044 | author = {B. N. Bershad and E. D. Lazowska and H. M. Levy}, |
| 5045 | title = {{PRESTO}: A System for Object-oriented Parallel Programming}, |
| 5046 | journal = spe, |
| 5047 | volume = 18, |
| 5048 | number = 8, |
| 5049 | month = aug, |
| 5050 | year = 1988, |
| 5051 | pages = {713-732} |
| 5052 | } |
| 5053 | |
| 5054 | @book{Ben-Ari82, |
| 5055 | keywords = {concurrency, parallel, programming languages}, |
| 5056 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 5057 | author = {Mordechai Ben-Ari}, |
| 5058 | title = {Principles of Concurrent Programming}, |
| 5059 | publisher = {Prentice-Hall International}, |
| 5060 | year = 1982, |
| 5061 | } |
| 5062 | |
| 5063 | @book{Tennent81, |
| 5064 | author = {R. D. Tennent}, |
| 5065 | title = {Principles of Programming Languages}, |
| 5066 | publisher = {Prentice-Hall International}, |
| 5067 | year = 1981, |
| 5068 | series = {Series in Computer Science} |
| 5069 | } |
| 5070 | |
| 5071 | @article{Lister77, |
| 5072 | keywords = {monitors, nested monitor calls}, |
| 5073 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 5074 | author = {Andrew Lister}, |
| 5075 | title = {The Problem of Nested Monitor Calls}, |
| 5076 | journal = osr, |
| 5077 | volume = 11, |
| 5078 | number = 3, |
| 5079 | month = jul, |
| 5080 | year = 1977, |
| 5081 | pages = {5-7}, |
| 5082 | } |
| 5083 | |
| 5084 | @article{psa:persistence, |
| 5085 | keywords = {persistence, first-class procedures, closure, PS-Algol, |
| 5086 | Abstract Data Types}, |
| 5087 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 5088 | author = {Malcolm P. Atkinson and Ronald Morrison}, |
| 5089 | title = {Procedures as Persistent Data Objects}, |
| 5090 | journal = toplas, |
| 5091 | volume = {7}, number = {4}, |
| 5092 | pages = {539-559}, |
| 5093 | month = oct, year = 1985, |
| 5094 | comment = { |
| 5095 | PS-Algol has ``structures'', accessible only through ``pntrs''. |
| 5096 | Pntrs can refer to any type of structure. Field references involve |
| 5097 | a run-time check. This, plus first-class procedures, can simulate |
| 5098 | abstract data types. Procedure variables operating on pntrs |
| 5099 | simulate ADT operations. A block defines a structure to implement |
| 5100 | the ADT, and assigns procedures to the variables. Functions |
| 5101 | returning structures containing procedures simulate multiple |
| 5102 | implementations and parameterized ADTs. |
| 5103 | |
| 5104 | An outer procedure that returns a procedure that contains |
| 5105 | (non-local) references to the outer procedure's parameters |
| 5106 | implements partial evaluation. |
| 5107 | |
| 5108 | Modules can be simulated like ADT's. The module itself is a |
| 5109 | structure instance that is placed in persistent storage, and the |
| 5110 | module is imported by fetching it from the persistent store. |
| 5111 | Multiple instances of modules are easy. Installation of new |
| 5112 | versions can be done by replacing the version in the database. |
| 5113 | } |
| 5114 | } |
| 5115 | |
| 5116 | @article{Procol89, |
| 5117 | keywords = {active objects, object-oriented languages, |
| 5118 | object-based languages, explicit per-object protocol}, |
| 5119 | contributer = {akgoel@plg}, |
| 5120 | author = {Jan van den Bos and Chris Laffra}, |
| 5121 | title = {PROCOL: A Parallel Object Language with Protocols}, |
| 5122 | journal = sigplan, |
| 5123 | volume = 24, |
| 5124 | number = 10, |
| 5125 | month = oct, |
| 5126 | year = 1989, |
| 5127 | pages = {95-102}, |
| 5128 | note = {Proceedings of the OOPSLA'89 Conference, Oct. 1--6, 1989, New Orleans, Lousiana}, |
| 5129 | abstract = {}, |
| 5130 | } |
| 5131 | |
| 5132 | @book{Butenhof97, |
| 5133 | keywords = {PThreads, concurrency}, |
| 5134 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 5135 | author = {David R. Butenhof}, |
| 5136 | title = {Programming with {POSIX} Threads}, |
| 5137 | publisher = {Addison-Wesley}, |
| 5138 | series = {Professional Computing}, |
| 5139 | year = 1997, |
| 5140 | } |
| 5141 | |
| 5142 | @book{SETL, |
| 5143 | keywords = {SETL}, |
| 5144 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 5145 | author = {J. T. Schwartz and R. B. K. Dewar and E. Dubinsky and E. Schonberg}, |
| 5146 | title = {Programming with Sets: An Introduction to {SETL}}, |
| 5147 | publisher = {Springer-Verlag}, |
| 5148 | year = 1986, |
| 5149 | } |
| 5150 | |
| 5151 | @book{Genuys68, |
| 5152 | keywords = {contains Dijkstra's Cooperating Sequential Processes}, |
| 5153 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 5154 | editor = {F. Genuys}, |
| 5155 | title = {Programming Languages}, |
| 5156 | publisher = {Academic Press}, |
| 5157 | address = {London, New York}, |
| 5158 | year = 1968, |
| 5159 | note = {NATO Advanced Study Institute, Villard-de-Lans, 1966} |
| 5160 | } |
| 5161 | |
| 5162 | @manual{ANSI99:C, |
| 5163 | keywords = {ANSI C 99}, |
| 5164 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 5165 | title = {Programming Languages -- {C}}, |
| 5166 | organization= {International Standard ISO/IEC 9899:1999 (E)}, |
| 5167 | publisher = {American National Standards Institute}, |
| 5168 | address = {www.ansi.org}, |
| 5169 | year = 1999, |
| 5170 | } |
| 5171 | |
| 5172 | @manual{ANSI98:C++, |
| 5173 | keywords = {ANSI C++ 98}, |
| 5174 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 5175 | key = {C++98}, |
| 5176 | title = {Programming Languages -- {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}}, |
| 5177 | organization= {International Standard ISO/IEC 14882:1998 (E)}, |
| 5178 | publisher = {American National Standards Institute}, |
| 5179 | address = {www.ansi.org}, |
| 5180 | year = 1998, |
| 5181 | } |
| 5182 | |
| 5183 | @manual{ANSI14:C++, |
| 5184 | keywords = {ISO/IEC C++ 14}, |
| 5185 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 5186 | key = {C++14}, |
| 5187 | title = {Programming Languages -- {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}}, |
| 5188 | edition = {fourth}, |
| 5189 | organization= {International Standard ISO/IEC 14882:2014 (E)}, |
| 5190 | publisher = {International Standard Organization}, |
| 5191 | address = {http://www.iso.org}, |
| 5192 | year = 2014, |
| 5193 | } |
| 5194 | |
| 5195 | @manual{MS:VisualC++, |
| 5196 | keywords = {Microsoft Visual C++}, |
| 5197 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 5198 | title = {Microsoft Visual {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} .NET Language Reference}, |
| 5199 | organization= {Microsoft Corporation}, |
| 5200 | year = 2002, |
| 5201 | note = {Microsoft Press, Redmond, Washington, U.S.A.}, |
| 5202 | } |
| 5203 | |
| 5204 | @article{HasselBring00, |
| 5205 | keywords = {concurrency, prototyping}, |
| 5206 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 5207 | author = {Wilhelm Hasselbring}, |
| 5208 | title = {Programming Languages and Systems for Prototyping Concurrent Applications}, |
| 5209 | journal = acmcs, |
| 5210 | volume = 32, |
| 5211 | number = 1, |
| 5212 | month = mar, |
| 5213 | year = 2000, |
| 5214 | pages = {43-79}, |
| 5215 | } |
| 5216 | |
| 5217 | @article{LLgen, |
| 5218 | keywords = {ll(1), parser generator, separate compilation}, |
| 5219 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 5220 | author = {Dick Grune and Ceriel J. J. Jacobs}, |
| 5221 | title = {A Programmer-friendly LL(1) Parser Generator}, |
| 5222 | journal = spe, |
| 5223 | month = jan, year = 1988, |
| 5224 | volume = 18, number = 1, pages = {29-33}, |
| 5225 | comment = { |
| 5226 | LLgen generates C-language recursive-descent parsers. The input |
| 5227 | contains procedure-like rules with alternation and repetition |
| 5228 | constructs on the right, and (typed) parameters on the left. |
| 5229 | C actions are specified between items in the right side. |
| 5230 | Alternation and repetition (reduce and shift) conflicts can be |
| 5231 | resolved statically or at run time. |
| 5232 | |
| 5233 | A grammar can be specified in several files. All files must be |
| 5234 | submitted to LLgen at once, but if the C file generated is no |
| 5235 | different from the old version, then the old version is not |
| 5236 | replaced and hence need not be recompiled, which saves lots of |
| 5237 | time. |
| 5238 | |
| 5239 | When an incorrect token is found, the automatic error recovery |
| 5240 | algorithm discards tokens until an ``acceptable'' token is found; |
| 5241 | if the acceptable token is not correct, a correct one is inserted. |
| 5242 | } |
| 5243 | } |
| 5244 | |
| 5245 | @techreport{russell, |
| 5246 | keywords = {Russell}, |
| 5247 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 5248 | author = {H. Boehm and A. Demers and J. Donahue}, |
| 5249 | title = {A Programmer's Introduction to Russell}, |
| 5250 | institution = {Rice University}, |
| 5251 | year = 1985, |
| 5252 | number = {85-16} |
| 5253 | } |
| 5254 | |
| 5255 | @techreport{PDM89, |
| 5256 | keywords = {existential types, universal types}, |
| 5257 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 5258 | author = {Benjamin Pierce and Scott Dietzen and Spiro Michaylov}, |
| 5259 | title = {Programming in Higher-Order Typed Lambda Calculi}, |
| 5260 | institution = {School of Computer Science, Carnegie Mellon University}, |
| 5261 | year = 1989, |
| 5262 | address = {Pittsburg, PA 15213-3890}, |
| 5263 | month = mar, number = {CMU-CS-89-111}, |
| 5264 | abstract = { |
| 5265 | This tutorial presents a hierarchy of increasingly powerful |
| 5266 | languages, beginning with Church's simply typed |
| 5267 | \(\lambda\)-calculus (\(F_1\)) and the second-order polymorphic |
| 5268 | \(\lambda\)-calculus of Girard and Reynolds, and culminating in a |
| 5269 | fragment of Girard's \(\omega\)-order polymorphic |
| 5270 | \(\lambda\)-calculus (\(F_\omega\)). Our focus throughout is on |
| 5271 | the unusual style of programming that arises in these languages, |
| 5272 | where all functions are total and the primary control construct is |
| 5273 | iteration rather than general recursion. |
| 5274 | } |
| 5275 | } |
| 5276 | |
| 5277 | @book{Modula-2, |
| 5278 | keywords = {modules, coroutines}, |
| 5279 | contributer = {pabuhr}, |
| 5280 | author = {Niklaus Wirth}, |
| 5281 | title = {Programming in Modula-2}, |
| 5282 | publisher = {Springer-Verlag}, |
| 5283 | year = 1988, |
| 5284 | edition = {fourth}, |
| 5285 | series = {Texts and Monographs in Computer Science}, |
| 5286 | } |
| 5287 | |
| 5288 | @manual{Ada, |
| 5289 | keywords = {Ada, packages, tasks, exceptions}, |
| 5290 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 5291 | title = {The Programming Language {Ada}: Reference Manual}, |
| 5292 | organization= {United States Department of Defense}, |
| 5293 | edition = {{ANSI/MIL-STD-1815A-1983}}, |
| 5294 | month = feb, |
| 5295 | year = 1983, |
| 5296 | note = {Published by Springer-Verlag} |
| 5297 | } |
| 5298 | |
| 5299 | @manual{ada:old, |
| 5300 | keywords = {Ada, packages, tasks, exceptions}, |
| 5301 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 5302 | title = {The Programming Language {Ada}: Reference Manual}, |
| 5303 | organization= {United States Department of Defense}, |
| 5304 | publisher = {Springer-Verlag}, |
| 5305 | year = 1981 |
| 5306 | } |
| 5307 | |
| 5308 | @book{Ghezzi, |
| 5309 | keywords = {}, |
| 5310 | author = {Carlo Ghezzi and Mehdi Jazayeri}, |
| 5311 | title = {Programming Language Concepts}, |
| 5312 | publisher = {Wiley}, |
| 5313 | year = 1982 |
| 5314 | } |
| 5315 | |
| 5316 | @article{ConcurrentPascal, |
| 5317 | keywords = {Concurrent Pascal}, |
| 5318 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 5319 | author = {Per {Brinch Hansen}}, |
| 5320 | title = {The Programming Language Concurrent Pascal}, |
| 5321 | journal = ieeese, |
| 5322 | volume = 2, |
| 5323 | month = jun, |
| 5324 | year = 1975, |
| 5325 | pages = {199-206} |
| 5326 | } |
| 5327 | |
| 5328 | @phdthesis{Buhr85:thesis, |
| 5329 | keywords = {}, |
| 5330 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 5331 | author = {P. A. Buhr}, |
| 5332 | title = {A Programming System}, |
| 5333 | school = {University of Manitoba}, |
| 5334 | year = {1985} |
| 5335 | } |
| 5336 | |
| 5337 | @techreport{pierce91, |
| 5338 | keywords = {typed lambda calculus}, |
| 5339 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 5340 | author = {Benjamin C. Pierce}, |
| 5341 | title = {Programming with Intersection Types, Union Types, and Polymorphism}, |
| 5342 | institution = {Carnegie Mellon University}, |
| 5343 | year = 1991, |
| 5344 | month = feb, number = "CMU-CS-91-106", |
| 5345 | annote = { |
| 5346 | Discusses a typed lambda calculus with |
| 5347 | \begin{itemize} |
| 5348 | \item |
| 5349 | Intersection types \(\tau = \tau_1\wedge\tau_2\) with \(\tau \le |
| 5350 | \tau_i\) for all \(i\). |
| 5351 | \item |
| 5352 | Union types \(\tau = \tau_1\vee\tau_2\) with \(\tau_i \le \tau\), |
| 5353 | and with implicit coercions from \(tau_i\) to \(\tau\). Only |
| 5354 | operations valid for both element types can be applied to the |
| 5355 | union; there are no projections. Union types are to variant |
| 5356 | records as set union is to disjoint set union. |
| 5357 | \item |
| 5358 | Function types and universal quantification, with subtyping rules. |
| 5359 | When functions and arguments intersections, the result of |
| 5360 | application is the intersection of all valid combinations. |
| 5361 | \item |
| 5362 | Distribution rules for combinations of types. |
| 5363 | \item |
| 5364 | "Union elimination": "case \(x = e\) of \(e'\)", where \(e\) is a |
| 5365 | union, has type \(\tau\) if \(e'\) has that type with \(x\) having |
| 5366 | every element type of the union. |
| 5367 | \item |
| 5368 | "Finitary quantification": "for \(t\) in \(\tau_1,\ldots,\tau_n.e\)" |
| 5369 | typechecks \(e\) with \(t\) bound to each choice, and intersects |
| 5370 | the results. |
| 5371 | \end{itemize} |
| 5372 | |
| 5373 | Examples include: type of "natural" numbers, treated as a union of |
| 5374 | "zero" and "positive" types; default parameters, faked by using an |
| 5375 | argument that is an intersection of a data type and a function |
| 5376 | taking an explicit argument. |
| 5377 | |
| 5378 | Unions can be mostly faked, according to Mitchell: |
| 5379 | \[\tau_1\vee\tau_2 \equiv |
| 5380 | \forall\tau.(\tau_1\on\tau)\wedge(\tau_2\on\tau)\] |
| 5381 | } |
| 5382 | } |
| 5383 | |
| 5384 | @article{promises, |
| 5385 | keywords = {futures, Argus, call streams, rpc}, |
| 5386 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 5387 | author = {Barbara Liskov and Liuba Shrira}, |
| 5388 | title = {Promises: Linguistic Support for Efficient Asynchronous |
| 5389 | Procedure Calls in Distributed Systems}, |
| 5390 | journal = sigplan, |
| 5391 | year = 1988, |
| 5392 | month = jul, volume = 23, number = 7, pages = {260-267}, |
| 5393 | note = {Proceedings of the SIGPLAN '88 Conference on Programming Language |
| 5394 | Design and Implementation}, |
| 5395 | abstract = { |
| 5396 | This paper deals with the integration of an efficient asynchronous |
| 5397 | remote procedure call mechanism into a programming language. It |
| 5398 | describes a new data type called a {\em promise} that was designed |
| 5399 | to support asynchronous calls. Promises allow a caller to run in |
| 5400 | parallel with a call and to pick up the results of the call, |
| 5401 | including any exceptions it raises, in a convenient and type-safe |
| 5402 | manner. The paper also discusses efficient composition of |
| 5403 | sequences of asynchronous calls to different locations in a |
| 5404 | network. |
| 5405 | } |
| 5406 | } |
| 5407 | |
| 5408 | @article{Cook89, |
| 5409 | keywords = {}, |
| 5410 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 5411 | author = {W. R. Cook}, |
| 5412 | title = {A Proposal for Making {Eiffel} Type-safe}, |
| 5413 | journal = {The Computer Journal}, |
| 5414 | year = 1989, |
| 5415 | volume = 32, number = 4, pages = {305-311}, |
| 5416 | abstract = { |
| 5417 | |
| 5418 | } |
| 5419 | } |
| 5420 | |
| 5421 | @inproceedings{Foxall79, |
| 5422 | keywords = {}, |
| 5423 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 5424 | author = {D. G. Foxall and M. L. Joliat and R. F. Kamel and J. J. Miceli}, |
| 5425 | title = {{PROTEL}: A High Level Language for Telephony}, |
| 5426 | booktitle = {Proceedings 3rd International Computer Software and Applications Conference}, |
| 5427 | month = nov, |
| 5428 | year = 1979, |
| 5429 | pages = {193-197}, |
| 5430 | } |
| 5431 | |
| 5432 | @techreport{PS-Algol, |
| 5433 | keywords = {algol, persistence}, |
| 5434 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 5435 | key = {PS-Algol}, |
| 5436 | title = {The {PS-Algol} Reference Manual, 4th Ed.}, |
| 5437 | author = {}, |
| 5438 | institution = {University of Glasgow and St. Andrews, Scotland}, |
| 5439 | number = {PPRR 12}, |
| 5440 | month = jun, |
| 5441 | year = 1987, |
| 5442 | } |
| 5443 | |
| 5444 | @manual{Python, |
| 5445 | keywords = {Python}, |
| 5446 | contributer = {pabuhr}, |
| 5447 | title = {Python Reference Manual, Release 2.5}, |
| 5448 | author = {Guido van Rossum}, |
| 5449 | organization= {Python Software Foundation}, |
| 5450 | month = sep, |
| 5451 | year = 2006, |
| 5452 | note = {Fred L. Drake, Jr., editor}, |
| 5453 | } |
| 5454 | |
| 5455 | % Q |
| 5456 | |
| 5457 | @article{Hoare61, |
| 5458 | keywords = {quick sort}, |
| 5459 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 5460 | author = {C. A. R. Hoare}, |
| 5461 | title = {Algorithms 63/64: Partition/Quicksort}, |
| 5462 | journal = cacm, |
| 5463 | volume = 4, |
| 5464 | number = 7, |
| 5465 | month = jul, |
| 5466 | year = 1961, |
| 5467 | pages = {321}, |
| 5468 | } |
| 5469 | |
| 5470 | % R |
| 5471 | |
| 5472 | @article{Ada:rationale:preliminary, |
| 5473 | keywords = {Ada}, |
| 5474 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 5475 | author = {J. D. Ichbiah and J. C. Heliard and O. Roubine and |
| 5476 | J. G. P. Barnes and B. Krieg-Brueckner and B. A. Wichmann}, |
| 5477 | title = {Rationale for the Design of the {ADA} Programming Language}, |
| 5478 | journal = sigplan, |
| 5479 | volume = 14, |
| 5480 | number = 6, |
| 5481 | month = jun, |
| 5482 | year = 1979, |
| 5483 | note = {Part B}, |
| 5484 | } |
| 5485 | |
| 5486 | @book{Ada:rationale, |
| 5487 | keywords = {Ada}, |
| 5488 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 5489 | author = {Jean D. Ichbiah and John G. P. Barnes and Robert J. Firth and Mike Woodger}, |
| 5490 | title = {Rationale for the Design of the {ADA} Programming Language}, |
| 5491 | publisher = {Under Secretary of Defense, Research and Engineering}, |
| 5492 | year = 1986, |
| 5493 | address = {Ada Joint Program Office, OUSDRE(R\&AT), The Pentagon, Washington, D. C., 20301, U.S.A.}, |
| 5494 | } |
| 5495 | |
| 5496 | @manual{Ada95, |
| 5497 | keywords = {Ada}, |
| 5498 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 5499 | title = {{A}da Reference Manual}, |
| 5500 | edition = {International Standard {ISO}/{IEC} {8652:1995(E)} with {COR.1:2000}}, |
| 5501 | organization = {Intermetrics, Inc.}, |
| 5502 | month = dec, |
| 5503 | year = 1995, |
| 5504 | note = {Language and Standards Libraries} |
| 5505 | } |
| 5506 | |
| 5507 | @manual{Ada12, |
| 5508 | keywords = {Ada}, |
| 5509 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 5510 | title = {Programming languages -- {Ada}}, |
| 5511 | edition = {third}, |
| 5512 | organization= {International Standard ISO/IEC 1989:2014}, |
| 5513 | publisher = {International Standard Organization}, |
| 5514 | address = {http://www.iso.org}, |
| 5515 | year = 2012, |
| 5516 | } |
| 5517 | |
| 5518 | @manual{Ada95:annotated, |
| 5519 | keywords = {Ada}, |
| 5520 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 5521 | title = {Annotated {A}da Reference Manual}, |
| 5522 | edition = {International Standard {ISO}/{IEC} {8652:1995(E)} with {COR.1:2000}}, |
| 5523 | organization = {Intermetrics, Inc.}, |
| 5524 | month = dec, |
| 5525 | year = 1995, |
| 5526 | note = {Language and Standards Libraries} |
| 5527 | } |
| 5528 | |
| 5529 | @book{JavaRT00, |
| 5530 | keywords = {real time, draft}, |
| 5531 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 5532 | author = {Greg Bollella and Ben Brosgol and Peter Dibble and Steve Furr and James Gosling and David Hardin and Mark Turnbull}, |
| 5533 | title = {The Real-Time Specification for {J}ava}, |
| 5534 | series = {The Real-Time for Java Expert Group, {\small\textsf{http://\-www.rtj.org}}}, |
| 5535 | publisher = {Addison-Wesley}, |
| 5536 | year = 2000, |
| 5537 | } |
| 5538 | |
| 5539 | @manual{JavaRT99, |
| 5540 | organization= {Real Time for Java Experts Group}, |
| 5541 | address = {{\small\textsf{http://\-www.rtj.org}}}, |
| 5542 | month = sep, |
| 5543 | year = 1999, |
| 5544 | } |
| 5545 | |
| 5546 | @article{Robinson48, |
| 5547 | keywords = {recursion, Ackermann function}, |
| 5548 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 5549 | author = {Raphael Mitchel Robinson}, |
| 5550 | title = {Recursion and Double Recursion}, |
| 5551 | publisher = {American Mathematical Society}, |
| 5552 | journal = {Bulletin of the American Mathematical Society}, |
| 5553 | volume = 54, |
| 5554 | pages = {987-993}, |
| 5555 | year = 1948, |
| 5556 | } |
| 5557 | |
| 5558 | @article{Dijkstra:red, |
| 5559 | keywords = {ada}, |
| 5560 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 5561 | author = {Edsger W. Dijkstra}, |
| 5562 | title = {On the RED Language submitted to the DoD}, |
| 5563 | journal = sigplan, |
| 5564 | year = 1978, |
| 5565 | month = oct, |
| 5566 | volume = 13, |
| 5567 | number = 10, |
| 5568 | pages = {27-32}, |
| 5569 | } |
| 5570 | |
| 5571 | @article{RemoteRendezvous, |
| 5572 | keywords = {rendezvous, concurrency}, |
| 5573 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 5574 | author = {N. D. Gammage and R. F. Kamel and L. M. Casey}, |
| 5575 | title = {Remote Rendezvous}, |
| 5576 | journal = spe, |
| 5577 | month = oct, |
| 5578 | year = 1987, |
| 5579 | volume = 17, |
| 5580 | number = 10, |
| 5581 | pages = {741-755} |
| 5582 | } |
| 5583 | |
| 5584 | @article{Euclid, |
| 5585 | keywords = {Euclid}, |
| 5586 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 5587 | author = {B. W. Lampson and J. J. Horning and R. L. London and J. G. Mitchell and G. L. Popek}, |
| 5588 | title = {Report on the Programming Language Euclid}, |
| 5589 | journal = sigplan, |
| 5590 | volume = 12, |
| 5591 | number = 2, |
| 5592 | month = feb, |
| 5593 | year = 1977, |
| 5594 | pages = {1-79} |
| 5595 | } |
| 5596 | |
| 5597 | @techreport{LOGLAN88, |
| 5598 | keywords = {LOGLAN}, |
| 5599 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 5600 | author = {Boleslaw Ciesielski and Antoni Kreczmar and Marek Lao and Andrzej Litwiniuk and Teresa Przytycka and Andrzej Salwicki and Jolanta Warpechowska and Marek Warpechowski and Andrzej Szalas and Danuta Szczepanska--Wasersztrum}, |
| 5601 | title = {Report on the Programming Language LOGLAN'88}, |
| 5602 | institution = {Institute of Informatics, University of Warsaw}, |
| 5603 | address = {Pkin 8th Floor, 00-901 Warsaw, Poland}, |
| 5604 | number = {}, |
| 5605 | month = dec, |
| 5606 | year = 1988, |
| 5607 | } |
| 5608 | |
| 5609 | @article{FH91, |
| 5610 | keywords = {lcc}, |
| 5611 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 5612 | author = {Christopher W. Fraser and David R. Hanson}, |
| 5613 | title = {A Retargetable Compiler for {ANSI} {C}}, |
| 5614 | journal = sigplan, |
| 5615 | year = 1991, |
| 5616 | month = oct, volume = 26, number = 10, pages = {29-43}, |
| 5617 | abstract = { |
| 5618 | {\tt lcc} is a new retargetable compiler for ANSI C. Versions for |
| 5619 | the VAX, Motorola 68020, SPARC, and MIPS are in production use at |
| 5620 | Princeton University and at AT\&T Bell Laboratories. With a few |
| 5621 | exceptions, little about {\tt lcc} is unusual---it integrates |
| 5622 | several well engineered, existing techniques---but it is smaller |
| 5623 | and faster than most other C compilers, and it generates code of |
| 5624 | comparable quality. {\tt lcc}'s target-independent front end |
| 5625 | performs a few simple, but effective, optimizations that contribute |
| 5626 | to good code; examples include simulating register declarations and |
| 5627 | partitioning switch statements into dense tables. It also |
| 5628 | implements target-independent function tracing and expression-level |
| 5629 | profiling. |
| 5630 | } |
| 5631 | } |
| 5632 | |
| 5633 | @article{Algol68revised, |
| 5634 | keywords = {}, |
| 5635 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 5636 | author = {A. van Wijngaarden and B. J. Mailloux and J. E. L. Peck and |
| 5637 | C. H. A. Koster and M. Sintzoff and C. H. Lindsey and L. G. L. T. |
| 5638 | Meertens and R. G. Fisher}, |
| 5639 | title = {Revised Report on the Algorithmic Language {ALGOL} 68}, |
| 5640 | journal = sigplan, |
| 5641 | year = 1977, |
| 5642 | month = may, |
| 5643 | volume = 12, |
| 5644 | number = 5, |
| 5645 | pages = {1-70} |
| 5646 | } |
| 5647 | |
| 5648 | @article{scheme, |
| 5649 | keywords = {}, |
| 5650 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 5651 | author = {Jonathan Rees and William Clinger}, |
| 5652 | title = {Revised$^3$ Report on the Algorithmic Language {S}cheme}, |
| 5653 | journal = sigplan, |
| 5654 | year = 1986, |
| 5655 | month = dec, |
| 5656 | volume = 21, |
| 5657 | number = 12, |
| 5658 | pages = {37-79}, |
| 5659 | } |
| 5660 | |
| 5661 | @article{scheme5, |
| 5662 | keywords = {scheme}, |
| 5663 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 5664 | author = {H. Abelson and Adams, IV, N. I. and D. H. Bartley and G. Brooks and R. K. Dybvig and D. P. Friedman and |
| 5665 | R. Halstead and C. Hanson and C. T. Haynes and E. Kohlbecker and D. Oxley and K. M. Pitman and G. J. Rozas and |
| 5666 | G. L. Steele Jr. and G. J. Sussman and M. Wand and \emph{Ed. by} Richard Kelsey and William Clinger and Jonathan Rees}, |
| 5667 | title = {Revised$^5$ Report on the Algorithmic Language {S}cheme}, |
| 5668 | journal = sigplan, |
| 5669 | year = 1998, |
| 5670 | month = sep, |
| 5671 | volume = 33, |
| 5672 | number = 9, |
| 5673 | pages = {26-76}, |
| 5674 | } |
| 5675 | |
| 5676 | @manual{Rust, |
| 5677 | keywords = {Rust programming language}, |
| 5678 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 5679 | title = {The {Rust} Programming Language}, |
| 5680 | organization= {The Rust Project Developers}, |
| 5681 | year = 2015, |
| 5682 | note = {\href{https://doc.rust-lang.org/reference.html}{https://\-doc.rust-lang.org/\-reference.html}}, |
| 5683 | } |
| 5684 | |
| 5685 | % S |
| 5686 | |
| 5687 | @inproceedings{Michael04, |
| 5688 | keywords = {lock free, dynamic memory allocation}, |
| 5689 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 5690 | author = {Maged M. Michael}, |
| 5691 | title = {Scalable Lock-free Dynamic Memory Allocation}, |
| 5692 | booktitle = {PLDI '04: Proceedings of the ACM SIGPLAN 2004 Conference on Programming Language Design and Implementation}, |
| 5693 | location = {Washington DC, USA}, |
| 5694 | publisher = {ACM}, |
| 5695 | address = {New York, NY, USA}, |
| 5696 | volume = 39, |
| 5697 | year = 2004, |
| 5698 | month = jun, |
| 5699 | pages = {35-46}, |
| 5700 | } |
| 5701 | |
| 5702 | @article{Anderson92, |
| 5703 | keywords = {light-weight tasks}, |
| 5704 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 5705 | author = {Thomas E. Anderson and Brian N. Bershad and Edward D. Lazowska and Henry M. Levy}, |
| 5706 | title = {Scheduler Activations: Effective Kernel Support for the User-Level Management of Parallelism}, |
| 5707 | journal = tocs, |
| 5708 | volume = 10, |
| 5709 | number = 1, |
| 5710 | month = feb, |
| 5711 | year = 1992, |
| 5712 | pages = {53-79}, |
| 5713 | } |
| 5714 | |
| 5715 | @manual{SELF, |
| 5716 | keywords = {programming language, obect-oriented, polymorphism}, |
| 5717 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 5718 | author = {Ole Agesen and Lars Bak and Craig Chambers and Bay-Wei Chang and Urs H{\o}lzle |
| 5719 | and John H. Maloney and Randall B. Smith and David Ungar and Mario Wolczko}, |
| 5720 | title = {The {SELF} 3.0 Programmer's Reference Manual}, |
| 5721 | organization= {Sun Microsystems, Inc., and Stanford University}, |
| 5722 | year = 1993, |
| 5723 | } |
| 5724 | |
| 5725 | @inproceedings{Cardelli84, |
| 5726 | keywords = {subtypes, recursive types, records, variants, object oriented}, |
| 5727 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 5728 | author = {Luca Cardelli}, |
| 5729 | title = {A Semantics of Multiple Inheritance}, |
| 5730 | booktitle = {Semantics of Data Types}, |
| 5731 | year = 1984, |
| 5732 | pages = {51-67}, |
| 5733 | editor = {G. Kahn and D. B. MacQueen and G. D. Plotkin}, |
| 5734 | publisher = {Springer-Verlag}, |
| 5735 | note = {Lecture Notes in Computer Science v. 173}, |
| 5736 | } |
| 5737 | |
| 5738 | @techreport{Adve95, |
| 5739 | keywords = {shared memory, consistency models}, |
| 5740 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 5741 | author = {Sarita V. Adve and Kourosh Gharachorloo}, |
| 5742 | title = {Shared Memory Consistency Models: A Tutorial}, |
| 5743 | institution = {Western Research Laboratory}, |
| 5744 | address = {250 University Avenue, Palo Alto, California, 94301, U.S.A.}, |
| 5745 | number = {7}, |
| 5746 | month = sep, |
| 5747 | year = 1995, |
| 5748 | note = {\href{http://www.hpl.hp.com/techreports/Compaq-DEC/WRL-95-7.pdf}{\textsf{http://www.hpl.hp.com/\-techreports/\-Compaq-DEC/\-WRL-95-7.pdf}}, Reprinted in \cite{Adve95reprint}.}, |
| 5749 | } |
| 5750 | |
| 5751 | @article{Adve95reprint, |
| 5752 | keywords = {shared memory, consistency models}, |
| 5753 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 5754 | author = {Sarita V. Adve and Kourosh Gharachorloo}, |
| 5755 | journal = {Computer}, |
| 5756 | title = {Shared Memory Consistency Models: A Tutorial}, |
| 5757 | month = dec, |
| 5758 | year = 1996, |
| 5759 | volume = 29, |
| 5760 | number = 12, |
| 5761 | pages = {66-76}, |
| 5762 | } |
| 5763 | |
| 5764 | @inproceedings{Howard76b, |
| 5765 | keywords = {monitors}, |
| 5766 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 5767 | author = {J. H. Howard}, |
| 5768 | title = {Signaling in Monitors}, |
| 5769 | booktitle = {Proceedings Second International Conference Software Engineering}, |
| 5770 | address = {San Francisco, U.S.A}, |
| 5771 | publisher = {IEEE Computer Society}, |
| 5772 | month = oct, |
| 5773 | year = 1976, |
| 5774 | pages = {47-52} |
| 5775 | } |
| 5776 | |
| 5777 | @techreport{Schemenauer01, |
| 5778 | keywords = {Phthon, generator, coroutine}, |
| 5779 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 5780 | author = {Neil Schemenauer and Tim Peters and Magnus Lie Hetland}, |
| 5781 | title = {Simple Generators}, |
| 5782 | month = may, |
| 5783 | year = 2001, |
| 5784 | note = {{\small\textsf{http://www.python.org/peps/pep-0255.html}}}, |
| 5785 | } |
| 5786 | |
| 5787 | @inproceedings{Michael96, |
| 5788 | keywords = {compare_and_swap, concurrent queue, lock-free, multiprogramming, non-blocking}, |
| 5789 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 5790 | author = {Maged M. Michael and Michael L. Scott}, |
| 5791 | title = {Simple, Fast, and Practical Non-blocking and Blocking Concurrent Queue Algorithms}, |
| 5792 | booktitle = {Proceedings of the Fifteenth Annual ACM Symposium on Principles of Distributed Computing}, |
| 5793 | series = {PODC'96}, |
| 5794 | year = 1996, |
| 5795 | location = {Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, USA}, |
| 5796 | pages = {267--275}, |
| 5797 | numpages = {9}, |
| 5798 | publisher = {ACM}, |
| 5799 | address = {New York, NY, USA}, |
| 5800 | } |
| 5801 | |
| 5802 | @inproceedings{Dice10, |
| 5803 | keywords = {hardware, synchronization, transactional memory}, |
| 5804 | author = {Dave Dice and Yossi Lev and Virendra J. Marathe and Mark Moir and Dan Nussbaum and Marek Olszewski}, |
| 5805 | title = {Simplifying Concurrent Algorithms by Exploiting Hardware Transactional Memory}, |
| 5806 | booktitle = {Proceedings of the Twenty-second Annual ACM Symposium on Parallelism in Algorithms and Architectures}, |
| 5807 | series = {SPAA'10}, |
| 5808 | year = 2010, |
| 5809 | location = {Thira, Santorini, Greece}, |
| 5810 | pages = {325-334}, |
| 5811 | numpages = {10}, |
| 5812 | publisher = {ACM}, |
| 5813 | address = {New York, NY, USA}, |
| 5814 | } |
| 5815 | |
| 5816 | @article{PDM:overload, |
| 5817 | keywords = {compilation}, |
| 5818 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 5819 | author = {Tom Pennello and Frank DeRemer and Richard Meyers}, |
| 5820 | title = {A Simplified Operator Identification Scheme for {Ada}}, |
| 5821 | journal = sigplan, |
| 5822 | year = 1980, |
| 5823 | month = {July--August}, |
| 5824 | volume = 15, |
| 5825 | number = {7/8}, |
| 5826 | pages = {82-87}, |
| 5827 | comment = { |
| 5828 | The two-pass (bottom-up, top-down) overload resolution algorithm |
| 5829 | for Ada, with a proof that two passes suffice and a claim that two |
| 5830 | are necessary. See \cite{D:overload}. |
| 5831 | } |
| 5832 | } |
| 5833 | |
| 5834 | @book{SimulaBegin, |
| 5835 | author = {Graham M. Birtwistle and Ole-Johan Dahl and Bj{\o}rn Myhrhaug and Kristen Nygaard}, |
| 5836 | title = {{SIMULA} begin}, |
| 5837 | publisher = {Studentlitteratur}, |
| 5838 | year = {1980}, |
| 5839 | address = {Lund, Sweden}, |
| 5840 | edition = {second}, |
| 5841 | } |
| 5842 | |
| 5843 | @book{Simula67, |
| 5844 | author = "O-J Dahl and B. Myhrhaug and K. Nygaard", |
| 5845 | address = "Oslo Norway", |
| 5846 | month = oct, |
| 5847 | year = 1970, |
| 5848 | publisher = "Norwegian Computing Center", |
| 5849 | title = "Simula67 Common Base Language" |
| 5850 | } |
| 5851 | |
| 5852 | @book{smalltalk, |
| 5853 | keywords = {Smalltalk, abstract class, protocol}, |
| 5854 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 5855 | author = {A. Goldberg and D. Robson}, |
| 5856 | title = {Smalltalk-80: The Language and its Implementation}, |
| 5857 | publisher = {Addison-Wesley}, |
| 5858 | year = 1983 |
| 5859 | } |
| 5860 | |
| 5861 | @inproceedings{Edelson92, |
| 5862 | keywords = {persistence, pointers}, |
| 5863 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 5864 | author = {Daniel R. Edelson}, |
| 5865 | title = {Smart Pointers: They're Smart, but They're Not Pointers}, |
| 5866 | booktitle = {USENIX {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Technical Conference Proceedings}, |
| 5867 | organization= {USENIX Association}, |
| 5868 | address = {Portland, Oregon, U.S.A.}, |
| 5869 | month = aug, |
| 5870 | year = 1992, |
| 5871 | pages = {1-19}, |
| 5872 | } |
| 5873 | |
| 5874 | @book{SNOBOL, |
| 5875 | keywords = {SNOBOL4}, |
| 5876 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 5877 | author = {R. E. Griswold and J. F. Poage and I. P. Polonsky}, |
| 5878 | title = {The SNOBOL4 Programming Language}, |
| 5879 | edition = {second}, |
| 5880 | publisher = {Prentice-Hall}, |
| 5881 | year = 1971, |
| 5882 | } |
| 5883 | |
| 5884 | @article{Sutter05b, |
| 5885 | keywords = {concurrency}, |
| 5886 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 5887 | author = {Herb Sutter and James Larus}, |
| 5888 | title = {Software and the Concurrency Revolution}, |
| 5889 | journal = Queue, |
| 5890 | year = 2005, |
| 5891 | month = sep, |
| 5892 | volume = 3, |
| 5893 | number = 7, |
| 5894 | pages = {54-62}, |
| 5895 | } |
| 5896 | |
| 5897 | @inproceedings{raytheon, |
| 5898 | keywords = {cobol}, |
| 5899 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 5900 | author = {Robert G. Lanergan and Charles A. Grasso}, |
| 5901 | title = {Software Engineering with Reusable Designs and Code}, |
| 5902 | booktitle = {Workshop on Reusability in Programming}, |
| 5903 | year = 1983, |
| 5904 | month = sep, |
| 5905 | pages = {224-234}, |
| 5906 | organization= {{ITT} Programming}, |
| 5907 | summary = { |
| 5908 | 60\% of business application design and code are redundant. |
| 5909 | Three standard program plans are used. Reuse doubles productivity |
| 5910 | during development and greatly helps program comprehension during |
| 5911 | maintenance. |
| 5912 | } |
| 5913 | } |
| 5914 | |
| 5915 | @article{Hecht86, |
| 5916 | keywords = {exception handling, robustness}, |
| 5917 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 5918 | author = {H. Hecht and M. Hecht}, |
| 5919 | title = {Software Reliability in the Systems Context}, |
| 5920 | journal = ieeese, |
| 5921 | year = 1986, |
| 5922 | volume = 12, |
| 5923 | number = 1, |
| 5924 | pages = {51-58}, |
| 5925 | } |
| 5926 | |
| 5927 | @inproceedings{Herlihy03, |
| 5928 | author = {Maurice Herlihy and Victor Luchangco and Mark Moir and William N. {Scherer III}}, |
| 5929 | title = {Software Transactional Memory for Dynamic-sized Data Structures}, |
| 5930 | booktitle = {Proceedings of the Twenty-second Annual Symposium on Principles of Distributed Computing}, |
| 5931 | series = {PODC '03}, |
| 5932 | year = {2003}, |
| 5933 | location = {Boston, Massachusetts}, |
| 5934 | pages = {92-101}, |
| 5935 | numpages = {10}, |
| 5936 | publisher = {ACM}, |
| 5937 | address = {New York, NY, USA}, |
| 5938 | } |
| 5939 | |
| 5940 | @article{Dijkstra65a, |
| 5941 | keywords = {N-thread software-solution mutual exclusion}, |
| 5942 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 5943 | author = {Edsger W. Dijkstra}, |
| 5944 | title = {Solution of a Problem in Concurrent Programming Control}, |
| 5945 | journal = cacm, |
| 5946 | volume = 8, |
| 5947 | number = 9, |
| 5948 | month = sep, |
| 5949 | year = 1965, |
| 5950 | pages = {569}, |
| 5951 | publisher = {ACM}, |
| 5952 | address = {New York, NY, USA}, |
| 5953 | } |
| 5954 | |
| 5955 | @inproceedings{Chen05, |
| 5956 | keywords = {fixed-priority, preemption}, |
| 5957 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 5958 | author = {Jiongxiong Chen and Ashif Harji and Peter Buhr}, |
| 5959 | title = {Solution Space for Fixed-Priority with Preemption Threshold}, |
| 5960 | booktitle = {Proceedings of the 11th Real Time and Embedded Technology and Applications Symposium (RTAS'05)}, |
| 5961 | organization= {IEEE}, |
| 5962 | address = {San Francisco, CA, U.S.A}, |
| 5963 | month = mar, |
| 5964 | year = 2005, |
| 5965 | pages = {385-394} |
| 5966 | } |
| 5967 | |
| 5968 | @inproceedings{Tiemann88, |
| 5969 | keywords = {wrappers}, |
| 5970 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 5971 | author = {Michael D. Tiemann}, |
| 5972 | title = {Solving the RPC problem in GNU {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}}, |
| 5973 | booktitle = {Proceedings of the USENIX {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Conference}, |
| 5974 | organization= {USENIX Association}, |
| 5975 | address = {Denver, Colorado, U.S.A}, |
| 5976 | month = oct, |
| 5977 | year = 1988, |
| 5978 | pages = {343-361} |
| 5979 | } |
| 5980 | |
| 5981 | @book{Campbell74, |
| 5982 | keywords = {path expressions}, |
| 5983 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 5984 | author = {R. H. Campbell and A. N. Habermann}, |
| 5985 | title = {The Specification of Process Synchronization by Path Expressions}, |
| 5986 | publisher = {Springer-Verlag}, |
| 5987 | year = 1974, |
| 5988 | volume = 16, |
| 5989 | pages = {89-102}, |
| 5990 | series = {Lecture Notes in Computer Science}, |
| 5991 | } |
| 5992 | |
| 5993 | @article{Bentley85, |
| 5994 | keywords = {CSP, concurrency}, |
| 5995 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 5996 | author = {J. Bentley}, |
| 5997 | title = {A Spelling Checker}, |
| 5998 | journal = cacm, |
| 5999 | month = may, |
| 6000 | year = 1985, |
| 6001 | volume = 28, |
| 6002 | number = 5, |
| 6003 | pages = {456-462}, |
| 6004 | } |
| 6005 | |
| 6006 | @manual{POSIX01, |
| 6007 | keywords = {POSIX, Standard}, |
| 6008 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 6009 | key = {POSIX}, |
| 6010 | title = {1003.1 Standard for Information Technology -- Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX), System Interface, Issue 6}, |
| 6011 | organization= {IEEE and The Open Group}, |
| 6012 | year = 2001, |
| 6013 | } |
| 6014 | |
| 6015 | @manual{POSIX08, |
| 6016 | keywords = {POSIX, Standard}, |
| 6017 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 6018 | key = {POSIX}, |
| 6019 | title = {1003.1 Standard for Information Technology -- Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX), Base Specifications, Issue 7}, |
| 6020 | organization= {IEEE and The Open Group}, |
| 6021 | year = 2008, |
| 6022 | } |
| 6023 | |
| 6024 | @inproceedings{ML:NJ, |
| 6025 | keywords = {continuations, ML}, |
| 6026 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 6027 | author = {A. Appel and D. MacQueen}, |
| 6028 | title = {A Standard {ML} Compiler}, |
| 6029 | booktitle = {Functional Programming Languages and Computer Architecture}, |
| 6030 | publisher = {Springer-Verlag}, |
| 6031 | series = {Lecture Notes in Computer Science}, |
| 6032 | volume = 274, |
| 6033 | year = 1987, |
| 6034 | pages = {301-324}, |
| 6035 | } |
| 6036 | |
| 6037 | @techreport{MLreport, |
| 6038 | keywords = {ML, polymorphism}, |
| 6039 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 6040 | author = {R. Milner}, |
| 6041 | title = {The Standard {ML} Core Language}, |
| 6042 | institution = {}, |
| 6043 | number = {Polymorphism II.2}, |
| 6044 | month = oct, |
| 6045 | year = 1985 |
| 6046 | } |
| 6047 | |
| 6048 | @inproceedings{Ghelli, |
| 6049 | keywords = {}, |
| 6050 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg}, |
| 6051 | author = {Giorgio Ghelli}, |
| 6052 | title = {A Static Type System for Message Passing}, |
| 6053 | crossref = "OOPSLA91", |
| 6054 | pages = {129-145}, |
| 6055 | summary = { |
| 6056 | A strong, statically checked type system for object oriented |
| 6057 | languages is defined by modelling methods as overloaded functions |
| 6058 | with a "self" parameter, with dynamic overload resolution. This |
| 6059 | allows covariant method redefinition. However, if equality is |
| 6060 | covariantly redefined for Point and ColoredPoint classes, and a |
| 6061 | ColoredPoint is compared to a Point, Point equality will be used, |
| 6062 | even if self is the colored point! |
| 6063 | } |
| 6064 | } |
| 6065 | |
| 6066 | @article{Dijkstra68b, |
| 6067 | keywords = {semaphore, P/V}, |
| 6068 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg}, |
| 6069 | author = {E. W. Dijkstra}, |